Emulex LPe11004 Download Drivers, Utilities, Manual, Firmware and BIOS

Available 182 files for LPe11004
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
x86 BootBIOS
Operating Systems
Boot Code
Version BIOS
2.02a2
Size BIOS
38Kb
File Name
zb202a2.zip
Information
Bus Type PCI Express
Max Bus Speed 2.5 Gb/s lane (x4)
Product Type HBA
Platform: Intel (32-bit) The adapter boot BIOS provides x86 boot capability through the use of INT13
system BIOS calls. The adapter Boot BIOS supports:

(1) Multi-topology: Fabric Point to Point; FC-AL: Private loop and Public loop
topologies.
(2) Multi-initiators: The adapter BIOS supports up to 32 Emulex LightPulse
adapters in a system.
(3) Multi-LUNs: The adapter BIOS supports up to 256 LUNs.
(4) Multi-boot: The adapter BIOS complies with the BIOS Boot Specification
(BBS).
(5) EDD (Enhanced Disk Drive Services): The adapter BIOS supports both the
EDD 3.0 and EDD 2.1 specifications depending on the selection in the
adapter BIOS configuration utility.
(6) Boot fail over feature: There are eight boot entries that can be
configured in the adapter BIOS configuration utility. If the first boot
entry fails the system is still able to boot from the second configured
boot entry and so on.
\2.02a2.txt this file you are reading

\DB202a2.PRG Lp8000 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\CB202a2.PRG Lp9000 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\HB202a2.PRG Lp9802 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\TB202a2.PRG Lp10000 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\BB202a2.PRG Lp11000 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\QB202a2.PRG Lp850 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\RB202a2.PRG Lp952 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\LB202a2.PRG Lp982 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\MB202a2.PRG Lp1050 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\JB202a2.PRG Lp1150 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\EB202a2.PRG Lp101 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\YB202a2.PRG LPe111 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\AB202a2.PRG Lp21000 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\WB202a2.PRG LPe1150 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\ZB202a2.PRG LPe11000 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\UB202a2.PRG LPe12000 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\OB202a2.PRG LPe1250 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\PB202a2.PRG LPe121 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2


***** Important Note ******

(1) BIOS downloading

The adapter boot BIOS image has increased in size to 49K. As a result, it might
fail during the downloading of the BIOS .prg file. One way to correct the
problem is to download the firmware .AWC file WITHOUT the BIOS image
(for example: dd390a7.awc) and then download the adapter boot BIOS .prg file.
(2) BIOS was not activated (Enabled)

If the adapter boot BIOS is not enabled by LP6DUTIL or an Emulex O.S.
configuration utility, the adapter and the drives connected to the adapter
cannot not be configured to be used to boot the system. In addition if there is
a "No BIOS support" message displayed next to this adapter in the adapter BIOS
configuration utility the user must use LP6DUTIL or other Emulex O.S.
configuration utility to enable the adapter boot BIOS in order to allow this adapter
to be used a bootable controller by the host system.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Open Boot
Operating Systems
Boot Code
Version Driver
3.10a3
Size Driver
42Kb
File Name
zo310a3.zip
Information
Bus Type PCI Express
Max Bus Speed 2.5 Gb/s lane (x4)
Product Type HBA
Platform: SPARC, PowerPC This version of Open Boot supports FC-AL: Private loop and Public
loop, and Fabric Point to Point. Also, it supports multi-initiators
and multi-LUNs (0 through 4095).
\readme.txt This file you are reading

\SO310a3.PRG Lp7000 Open Firmware 3.10a3
\DO310a3.PRG Lp8000 Open Firmware 3.10a3
\CO310a3.PRG Lp9000 Open Firmware 3.10a3
\HO310a3.PRG Lp9802 Open Firmware 3.10a3
\MO310a3.PRG Lp1050 Open Firmware 3.10a3
\TO310a3.PRG Lp10000 Open Firmware 3.10a3
\BO310a3.PRG Lp11000 Open Firmware 3.10a3
\ZO310a3.PRG Lpe11000 Open Firmware 3.10a3
\UO310a3.PRG LPe12000 Open Firmware 3.10a3
\AO310a3.PRG LP21000 Open Firmware 3.10a3
--------------- NOTES and CAUTIONS ---------------------
** Ensure that critical files on local boot disk are backed up
as a measure of protection.

(1) This procedure assumes there is already a 'local' boot disk.

(2) The size of the intended (target) fibre channel disk should
be big enough to hold all the file systems, and swap slice
of the local current boot disk.

(3) As there will probably be more than one logical disk drive on
the fibre channel adapter it will be necessary to use persistent
binding ('nailing' a specific scsi id to a specific wwpn or did).

(4) It will be necessary to correlate the intended boot disk displayed
by the 'probe-scsi-all' command to the devices displayed by the
operating system.

----------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------- NEW CHANGES 3.10a3 ------------------------

1. Fixed the issue for the in-correct device id of (LP21000) HBA, and
cause the system fail to initialize the (LP21000) HBA during POST.
(CR75595)
----------------------- NEW CHANGES 3.10a2 ------------------------
1. In some UNIX server, the HBA adapter does not get initialized when DR
is initiated, the cause of the issue is during DR operation, some
Forth word commands from Fcode can't use in HBA's device memory
instead it can only runs under system memory, and that makes the error
message "Segmentation Fault" by the system's Fcode interpreter. This
release fixed the issue by replace different methods for those Forth
word commands to make it compatible with the DR operation. (CR073924)
----------------------- NEW CHANGES 3.10a1 ------------------------

1. Supported multi-Luns from 0 upto 4095, added "set-max-lun" command
to allow user to select the maxmium lun support, the default max lun
is 255. (CR29372)

2. Fixed the issue on fail to update the FC boot target when system
comes up from POST. (CR29373)

3. Fixed the issue for system hangs in scan disk if the link topology
changed after system firmware discovered the bootable lun with
a different topology. (CR29019)

4. Fixed the issue on some system will fail to init the config-port when
option command "set-post-linkup" was enabled. (CR29249)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
EFIBoot
Operating Systems
Boot Code
Version Driver
4.00a1
Size Driver
219Kb
File Name
ze400a1.zip
Information
Bus Type PCI Express
Max Bus Speed 2.5 Gb/s lane (x4)
Product Type HBA
Platform: Intel Itanium (64-bit) The current EFI (Extensible Firmware Interface) Boot provides 64-bit system
boot capability through the use of the EFI Shell. EFIBoot supports EFI
Specification 1.10 and EFI Source Code version 1.10.14.61 and 1.10.14.62.

EFIBoot supports:

(1) Multi-Topology : Fabric Point-to-Point; FC-AL: Private Loop and Public
Loop.

(2) EFI Protocols : Configuration, Component Name, Firmware Update, VPD,
LunCtrlAttrs and Diagnostics are supported.

(3) Operating System : Windows Server 2003 and Red-Hat Linux

(4) Multi-Device path : Fibre/SCSI device path selectable through the Driver
Configuration Protocol.

(5) Multi-Initiators : Up to 128 adapters in a system.

(6) Multi-Boot : Eight targets/controller selectable through the Driver
configuration Protocol.

(7) Multi-LUNs : Up to 4096 LUNs/target for a volume set device.
Up to 256 LUNs/target for a peripheral device.

(8) Multi-Mode : Peripheral and Volume Set devices are supported.

(9) Multi-Utility : Setup and firmware update are supported.
Files included in this release:

EFI Byte Code Driver Images:

\rel_notes.txt this file you are reading
\HE400A1.PRG Lp9802 EFIBoot version 4.00A1
\LE400A1.PRG Lp982 EFIBoot version 4.00A1
\TE400A1.PRG Lp10000 EFIBoot version 4.00A1
\ME400A1.PRG Lp1050 EFIBoot version 4.00A1
\EE400A1.PRG Lp101 EFIBoot version 4.00A1
\BE400A1.PRG Lp11000 EFIBoot version 4.00A1
\JE400A1.PRG Lp1150 EFIBoot version 4.00A1
\ZE400A1.PRG Lpe11000 EFIBoot version 4.00A1
\WE400A1.PRG Lpe1150 EFIBoot version 4.00A1
\YE400A1.PRG Lpe111 EFIBoot version 4.00A1
\UE400A1.PRG Lpe12000 EFIBoot version 4.00A1
\OE400A1.PRG Lpe1250 EFIBoot version 4.00A1
\ElxCli400A1.efi

***** Important Note ******

(1) EFIBoot was not enabled from loading to system memory:

If the adapter EFIBoot is not enabled from loading to system, this adapter
will not be configured. User must use LP6dutil or some other OS Utility to
enable the EFIBoot in order to make this card bootable.

(2) EFIBoot Bios was enabled to configure the adapter and No Link:

EFIBoot will wait for 15 seconds/adapter to confirm a link.

(3) If two or more adapters have same EFIBoot driver version, EFIBoot will
load only one driver.

(4) If there are adapters with different EFIBoot driver versions, EFIBoot
will load the highest version of the EFIBoot driver.

(5) In order to display Linkup speed, use the latest version of the firmware.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Universal Boot
Operating Systems
Boot Code
Version Driver
5.03a4
Size Driver
303Kb
File Name
zu503a4.zip
Information
Bus Type PCI Express
Max Bus Speed 2.5 Gb/s lane (x4)
Product Type HBA
Contains: x86 BootBIOS 2.02a2, OpenBoot 3.10a3 and EFIBoot 4.00a1 This Universal Boot version 5.03a4 contains:

(1) x86 BootBIOS version 2.02a2
(2) OpenBoot version 3.10a3
(3) EFIBoot version 4.00a1

For detailed information about x86 BootBIOS, please refer to section II below,
for OpenBoot, section III, and for EFIBoot, section IV. This Universal Boot can
boot on either Intel x86 Platform, Non-Intel Fcode, or EFI environment. In other
words, the platform is transparent and the user should not be concerned with any
differences with regard to x86 BootBIOS, OpenBoot, or EFIBoot.

Universal Boot is a complete image, whenever it is enabled by any Emulex OS
utility, the whole image (x86 BootBIOS, OpenBoot and EFIBoot) is enabled. This
is also true for disable.
Files included in this release:

\503a4.txt this file you are reading
\HU503a4.PRG LP9802 Universal Boot
\TU503a4.PRG LP10000 Universal Boot
\BU503a4.PRG LP11000 Universal Boot
\ZU503a4.PRG LPe11000 Universal Boot
\UU503a4.PRG LPe12000 Universal Boot
\AU503a4.PRG LP21000 Universal Boot
\elxcli400a1.efi EFI 4.00a1 Driver
Universal Boot Load Procedure

The Light Pulse Universal Boot is distributed as a .PRG file. This file may be
downloaded to the Adapter using the firmware upgrade procedure with the following
Utility in Various systems.

1. "Drvcfg" : EFI based Systems.

Please refer to section 4 in EFIBoot for user interface how to download
Universal Boot in EFI based systems.

2. LP6DUTIL.EXE : DOS based utility.

Please refer to the LP6DUTIL version 9.0a13, or later, documentation for user
interface how to download EFIBoot in DOS PCI systems.

3. LPUTILNT : Windows Miniport Driver.

Please refer to the utility user manual for details on using the above tool.

4. Emulex Configuration Tool : Windows Port Driver.

Please refer to the elxcfg user manual for details on using the above tool.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Boot Code User Manual
Operating Systems
Boot Code
Size Manual
4.9Mb
File Name
bootcode.pdf
Information
Bus Type PCI Express
Max Bus Speed 2.5 Gb/s lane (x4)
Product Type HBA Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Emulex Boot Code Files....................................................................................1
Boot from SAN.........................................................................................................2
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003.............................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (x86 and x64)..........................................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (Itanium)..................................................................3
New Installation of Windows 2008 UEFI- Aware Operating System
on a UEFI-based x64 Server.................................................................3
Direct a UEFI-Based Server to a Windows Server 2008 OS Image (Installed as UEFI-Aware) Already Installed on the SAN.......................4
The GUID Partition Table......................................................................4
Install Windows Server 2008 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, x64 and Itanium)...5
Install Windows Server 2003 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, and x64
and Itanium)................................................................................................6
Linux and VMware.............................................................................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux or VMware (x86 and x64).....................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (PowerPC)...........................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (Itanium)..............................................7
Solaris...............................................................................................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (x86 and x64)............................8
Determine LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN.......................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (SPARC)....................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris LPFC (SPARC)..................................9
Install Solaris from a Network Image..................................................10
Install Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk.............11
Install, Update and Enable Boot Code...................................................................14
BIOS Utility............................................................................................................15
Start the BIOS Utility.................................................................................15
Enable an Adapter to Boot from SAN........................................................17
Configure Boot Devices...................................................................................17
Configure Adapter Parameters........................................................................21
Change the Default AL_PA (Arbitrated Loop Physical Address)................22
Change the PLOGI Retry Timer................................................................23
Change Topology......................................................................................24
Enable or Disable the Spinup Delay..........................................................25
Set Auto Scan...........................................................................................26
Enable or Disable EDD 3.0.......................................................................27
Enable or Disable the Start Unit Command...............................................28
Enable or Disable the Environment Variable.............................................29
Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector..........................................................30
Change Link Speed...................................................................................31
Reset to Default Values.............................................................................32
Use Multi-Path Boot from SAN..................................................................33
OpenBoot..............................................................................................................34
Attribute Commands.................................................................................34
Functional Commands..............................................................................35
EFIBoot.................................................................................................................37
Install the EFI Utility..................................................................................37
Start the EFI Utility....................................................................................38
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Firmware
Operating Systems
Firmware
Version Firmware
2.82a4
Size Firmware
294Kb
File Name
zf282a4.zip
Information
Bus Type PCI Express
Max Bus Speed 2.5 Gb/s lane (x4)
Product Type HBA Release Notes

Date: December 2009

Product: Emulex® LightPulse® adapters: LPe11000, LPe11002, LPe11004, LPe1105, LPe1150, LP11000, LP11002, and LP1150

Version: 2.82a4 Firmware

This document describes the known issues associated with this firmware build release. For the latest product documentation, go to www.emulex.com. If you have any questions or require additional information, contact an authorized Emulex Corporation technical representative.

New Features in Firmware Version 2.82a4

There are no new features in this version.

Resolved Issues Firmware Version 2.82a4

1. Adapters now handle Volatile WWN changes correctly.

2. Status, indications and configuration regions now handled properly on certain OEM models.

Known Issues Firmware Version 2.82a4
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Firmware Release Notes
Operating Systems
Firmware
Size Firmware
30Kb
File Name
fw_release_notes.pdf
Information
Bus Type PCI Express
Max Bus Speed 2.5 Gb/s lane (x4)
Product Type HBA Release Notes
Date: December 2009
Product: Emulex® LightPulse® adapters: LPe11000, LPe11002, LPe11004, LPe1105, LPe1150, LP11000, LP11002, and LP1150
Version: 2.82a4 Firmware
This document describes the known issues associated with this firmware build release. For the latest product documentation, go to www.emulex.com. If you have any questions or require additional information, contact an authorized Emulex Corporation technical representative.
New Features in Firmware Version 2.82a4
There are no new features in this version.
Resolved Issues Firmware Version 2.82a4
1. Adapters now handle Volatile WWN changes correctly.
2. Status, indications and configuration regions now handled properly on certain OEM models.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Firmware Update Manual
Operating Systems
Firmware
Size Firmware
106Kb
File Name
fwupdate.pdf
Information
Bus Type PCI Express
Max Bus Speed 2.5 Gb/s lane (x4)
Product Type HBA Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Things to Know Before You Download ............................................................. 1
Update Utilities ........................................................................................................ 2

Introduction
For information about any firmware release, see the release notes on the Emulex Web site. Release
notes include information such as new features, compatibility, known issues and resolved known issues.
This manual does not contain the procedures themselves. It serves as a guide to the publication that
contains the procedures you need.

Prerequisites
• Local boot disk.
• The intended Fibre Channel target should be big enough to hold all system files and the swap
slice of the current local boot disk.

Things to Know Before You Download
• Before you download the OneConnect or LightPulse files, create a directory for them.
• As a measure of protection, ensure that critical files on your local boot disk are backed up.
• Firmware may be bundled with boot code. Boot code allows you to designate a device that is
attached to the adapter as a boot drive. If you select a firmware image that includes boot code,
the update procedure will load both the new firmware and the boot code at the same time. After
updating, refer to the Emulex Boot Manual for procedures on enabling the boot code on your
adapter.
• Emulex firmware files support both OneConnect and LightPulse adapters.
• For OneConnect adapters:
• Firmware and boot code are provided in a single flash image called a .UFI file.
• The UFI file contains all of the files that support all OneConnect adapters. The latest
files for your adapter are installed automatically when you use an Emulex utility to
update the firmware.
• The UFI file contains both firmware and boot code.
• For LightPulse adapters:
• Firmware is provided in a .ZIP file as a .ALL file or a .AWC file. You must manually unzip
the .ALL or .AWC file from the .ZIP file before you can use an Emulex utility to install it.
• Firmware differs between adapter models. Make sure you download the appropriate
firmware for your adapter.
• The .ZIP file may or may not include a boot code (.PRG) file.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
HP-UX 11iv3 (11.31)
Version Driver
6.00.05 (Integrity IA64)
Size Driver
3.6Mb
File Name
lpfc.depot-06_00_05-hpux11iv3.ia_64_dlkm.z
Information
Base driver and lputil 2.0a15
(3.65 MB Z UNIX file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
HP-UX 11iv3 (11.31)
Version Manual
6.00.05 (Integrity IA64)
Size Manual
1.2Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
HP-UX 11iv3 (11.31)
Version Driver
6.00.05 (PA-RISC)
Size Driver
2.4Mb
File Name
lpfc.depot-06_00_05-hpux11iv3.pa_64_dlkm.z
Information
Base driver and lputil 2.0a15
(2.44 MB Z UNIX file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
HP-UX 11iv3 (11.31)
Version Manual
6.00.05 (PA-RISC)
Size Manual
1.2Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.8.32
Size Driver
445Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.2.8.32-1.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Base driver and install script (448 KB gz file)

1. System Requirements
1.1 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Known Issues
3.1 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications
3.1.1 Observed problem
3.1.2 Workaround
3.2 Deletion of Vports/PCI Hot Unplug
3.2.1 Observed Problem
3.2.2 Background
3.3 Port disabled on system boot or HBA reset with authentication enabled
3.3.1 Observed Problem
3.3.2 Workaround
3.4 LILO Boot Loader is not supported - i386 and x86_64 architectures
3.4.1 Observed Problem
3.4.2 Background
3.5 Order of lpfc module in initrd module list
3.5.1 Observed Problem
3.5.2 Workaround
3.6 Devloss timeout after swapping ports
3.6.1 Observed Problem
3.6.2 Workaround
3.7 Deleting vports while devices are in use
3.7.1 Observed Problem
3.7.2 Workaround
3.8 Support of 4Gb/s HBAs in Direct I/O virtualized environments
3.8.1 Observed Problem
3.8.2 Workaround
3.9 lspci utility displays "Device 0704" for OneConnect Universal CNAs
3.9.1 Observed Problem
3.9.2 Background
3.10 Adapter Initialization on SLES11 with INTx interrupt mode
3.10.1 Observed Problem
3.10.2 Background

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 11

1.1 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement

For SuSE Linux Enterprise Server installations, the kernel-source
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC driver build to succeed. For example, a
system with the 2.6.27-rc7-12-default kernel would need the
kernel-source-2.6.27-12.1 package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Driver Release Notes
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.8.32
Size Driver
25Kb
File Name
linux_11_release_notes.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)

Release Notes
Date: February 2010
Product: Driver for Linux
Version: FC and FCoE version 8.2.8.x
NIC version 2.101.374.0
iSCSI version 2.101.374.0

New Features in the Driver for Linux
1. Supports the OCe1010x OneConnect Universal Converged Network Adapters (CNAs).
2. Supports the OneCommand Manager application version 5.0. Refer to the OneCommand Manager
application User Manual for more information.
3. Adds PCI ID support for the LPSe12002-ML1-E EmulexSecure Fibre Channel Adapter.
4. Adds support for Advanced Error Reporting (AER) for PCIe HBAs.
Resolved Issues in the Driver for Linux
1. Multipath Package Issues Resolved
Corrected issues with the multipath package functions with the OneConnect UCNA.
2. FCF Failures Addressed
Resolved various FCF failures.
3. Corrected Adapter Reset
Corrected adapter reset and offline/online stress test failing with I/O errors.
4. Multiple Spurious Interrupts Resolved
Required OneConnect UCNA to set up and use single FCP EQ only under INTx interrupt mode. Changed
lpfc_use_msi module parameter to use INTx mode (not MSI) by default. This prevents multiple spurious
interrupts from the firmware.
5. Extended Error Handling Issue Resolved
Blocked all SCSI I/O requests from the midlayer until target rediscovery during Extended Error Handling
(EEH).
6. VPort Log Out Issue Resolved
Corrected an issue that prevented a VPort to log out if deleted.
7. mbox sysfs Attribute Resolved
Corrected an issue that resulted in the mbox sysfs attribute smaller than the mailbox extension size.
8. LUN Panic Resolved
Corrected a potential panic if LUNs were unmapped.
9. CPU Lockup Corrected
Resolved an issue that caused the CPU to lock up or hang during boot when authentication is
enabled (fcauthd process is started).
10. Hot Plug Issue Resolved
Corrected a potential system panic issue during PCI Hot Plug.
11. List Corruption Corrected
Corrected an issue that caused a list corruption while unloading the driver.
12. Fabric Login Issue Corrected
Resolved an issue that caused the frame to be zeroed on the wire after a fabric login FLOGI .
13. Advanced Error Reporting Issue Resolved
Added logic to stop and abort all I/Os on an HBA for an advanced error reporting (AER) uncorrectable
non-fatal error handling.
14. AER sysfs entry Point Changed
Made the AER sysfs entry point return "Operation not permitted" for OneConnect UCNAs.
15. Unsolicited CT Exchange Sequences Corrected
Corrected handling of unsolicited CT exchange sequences.
16. Clear Virtual Link Support Added
Added support for Clear Virtual Link command.
17. devloss Timeout Issue Corrected
Corrected a devloss timeout issue when multiple initiators were in the same zone.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.8.32
Size Driver
189.4Mb
File Name
elxocm-sles11-5.0.17.4-1.tgz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
OneCommand Manager 5.0 enterprise application (189 MB tgz file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
OneCommand Manager Release Notes for Linux
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.8.32
Size Driver
80Kb
File Name
linux_release_notes.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
OneCommand Manager version 5.0

Release Notes
Date: January 2010
Product: Driver for Linux
Version: FC and FCoE version 8.2.0.63
NIC version 2.101.374.0
iSCSI version 2.101.374.0

New Features in the Driver for Linux
1. Supports the OCe1010x OneConnect Universal Converged Network Adapters (CNAs).
2. Supports the OneCommand Manager application version 5.0. Refer to the OneCommand Manager
application User Manual for more information.
3. Adds PCI ID support for the LPSe12002-ML1-E EmulexSecure Fibre Channel Adapter.
4. Adds support for Advanced Error Reporting (AER) for PCIe HBAs.
Resolved Issues in the Driver for Linux
1. Multipath Package Issues Fixed
Corrected issues with the multipath package functions with the OneConnect UCNA.
2. FCF Failures Addressed
Resolved various FCF failures.
3. Corrected Adapter Reset
Corrected adapter reset and offline/online stress test failing with I/O errors.
4. Multiple Spurious Interrupts Corrected
Required OneConnect UCNA to set up and use single FCP EQ only under INTx interrupt mode. Changed
lpfc_use_msi module parameter to use INTx mode (not MSI) by default. This prevents multiple spurious
interrupts from the firmware.
5. Extended Error Handling Issue Resolved
Blocked all SCSI I/O requests from the midlayer until target rediscovery during Extended Error Handling
EEH.
6. VPort Log Out Issue Corrected
Corrected an issue that prevented a VPort to log out if deleted.
7. mbox sysfs Attribute Corrected
Corrected an issue that resulted in the mbox sysfs attribute smaller than the mailbox extension size.
8. LUN Panic Fixed
Fixed a potential panic if LUNs were unmapped.
9. CPU Lockup Fixed
Resolved an issue that caused the CPU to lock up or hang during boot when authentication is
enabled (fcauthd process is started).
10. Hot Plug Issue Resolved
Fixed a potential system panic issue during PCI Hot Plug.
11. List Corruption Fixed
Corrected an issue that caused a list corruption while unloading the driver.
12. Fabric Login Issue Fixed
Resolved an issue that caused the frame to be zeroed on the wire after a fabric login FLOGI .
13. Advanced Error Reporting Issue Resolved
Added logic to stop and abort all I/Os on an HBA for an advanced error reporting (AER) uncorrectable
non-fatal error handling.
14. AER sysfs entry Point Changed
Made the AER sysfs entry point return "Operation not permitted" for OneConnect UCNAs.
15. Unsolicited CT Exchange Sequences Fixed
Fixed handling of unsolicited CT exchange sequences.
16. Clear Virtual Link Support Added
Added support for Clear Virtual Link command.
17. devloss Timeout Issue Fixed
Corrected a devloss timeout issue when multiple initiators were in the same zone.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Linux User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.8.32
Size Manual
2.6Mb
File Name
linux_11.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ..................................................................................................................... 1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the LPFC Driver Kit............................................................................... 2
For the ULDK .............................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the LPFC Driver Kit................................................................................... 3
LPFC Driver Kit Install Script Options................................................................ 4
LPFC Driver Kit Directory Structure................................................................... 4
Installing the LPFC Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions ......................... 4
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update.......... 5
Installing the LPFC Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel............................... 5
Installing the Unified Linux Drivers Kit ..................................................................... 5
Uninstalling the ULDK ....................................................................................... 6
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the OneCommand Manager Application ................................................... 7
Uninstalling the LPFC Driver Kit ........................................................................ 7
Configuration ................................................................................................................. 8
LPFC Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary LPFC Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .......................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed LPFC Driver Kits................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box LPFC Drivers ........................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
LPFC Driver Parameters Reference Table ...................................................... 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (VPorts)........................................................................ 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying VPorts........................................................ 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The VPort Sysfs Tree ...................................................................................... 19
LPFC Driver Version 8.2.8.2x sysfs Structure.................................................. 20
VPort sysfs Entries.................................................................................... 21
VPort Configuration Limits............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
OneCommand Manager User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.8.32
Size Manual
5.4Mb
File Name
onecommand.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Manual for OneCommand Manager Application Version 5.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Supported Features by Operating System......................................................... 2
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing and Uninstalling OneCommand Manager
Application Components.......................................................................................... 4
Installing the OneCommand Manager Application............................................. 4
In Windows ................................................................................................. 4
In Solaris SFS ............................................................................................. 4
In Linux ....................................................................................................... 5
In VMware ESX Server ............................................................................... 6
Installing the OneCommand Manager Application Web Launch Interface ... 6
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 6
Procedures.................................................................................................. 7
Installing the OneCommand Manager Application Command Line Interface ..... 8
In Windows ................................................................................................. 9
In a New VMware ESX Server .................................................................... 9
Prerequisites....................................................................................... 10
Procedures ......................................................................................... 10
In a VMware ESX Server with an Existing HBAnyware CLI Kit Installed ... 10
Uninstalling Older HBAnyware Kits on VMware .................................. 10
In a New Linux System ............................................................................. 11
Prerequisites....................................................................................... 11
Procedures ......................................................................................... 11
In a Linux System with an Existing HBAnyware CLI Kit InstalledI ............. 12
Uninstalling Older HBAnyware Kits on Linux....................................... 12
In Solaris SFS ........................................................................................... 13
Prerequisites....................................................................................... 13
Procedures ......................................................................................... 13
Upgrading from the OneCommand Manager Application CLI to the Full-Featured
OneCommand Manager Application Enterprise Kit ......................................... 14
In Windows ............................................................................................... 14
In Linux ..................................................................................................... 14
In Solaris SFS ........................................................................................... 14
In VMware ESX Server ............................................................................. 14
Uninstalling the OneCommand Manager Application .................................. 14
In Windows .............................................................................................. 15
In Solaris SFS ........................................................................................... 15
In Linux ..................................................................................................... 15
In VMware................................................................................................. 15
Uninstalling the OneCommand Manager Application Web Launch
Interface Only .................................................................................................. 15
Starting the OneCommand Manager Application ................................................... 17
Starting the OneCommand Manager Application Web Launch Interface ......... 17
Managing Files when Running the OneCommand Manager Application
Web Launch Interface ............................................................................... 17
Using the OneCommand Manager Application ...................................................... 18
The OneCommand Manager Application Window Element Definitions ........... 18
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 19
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 19
The Toolbar Buttons ................................................................................. 19
The Discovery-Tree .................................................................................. 20
Discovery-Tree Icons ......................................................................... 21
Expanding or Collapsing the Discovery-Tree View ...................... 22
The Property Tabs .................................................................................... 22
The Status Bar ......................................................................................... 22
Changing Management and Read-Only Mode ........................................... 22
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Core Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.8.32
Size Driver
19.5Mb
File Name
elxocmcore-sles11-5.0.17.4-1.tgz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
OneCommand Manager 5.0 core application (19.5 MB tgz file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
OneCommand Manager Command Line User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.8.32
Size Manual
1.1Mb
File Name
corekit_user_manual.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Manual for OneCommand Manager Command Line Version 5.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Installing the OneCommand Manager Application CLI............................................. 2
In Windows........................................................................................................ 2
In a new VMware ESX Server ........................................................................... 2
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 2
Procedures.................................................................................................. 2
In a VMware ESX Server with an Existing HBAnyware CLI Kit Installed ........... 3
In a New Linux System...................................................................................... 3
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 3
Procedures.................................................................................................. 4
In a Linux System with an Existing HBAnyware CLI Kit Installed....................... 4
In Solaris SFS ................................................................................................... 6
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 6
Procedures.................................................................................................. 6
Uninstalling the OneCommand Manager Application CLI ........................................ 6
In VMware ESX Server...................................................................................... 6
In Linux ............................................................................................................. 7
Upgrading from the OneCommand Manager Application CLI to the Full-Featured
OneCommand Manager Application Enterprise Kit.................................................. 8
In Windows........................................................................................................ 8
In Linux ............................................................................................................. 8
In Solaris SFS ................................................................................................... 8
In VMware ESX Server...................................................................................... 8
Using the OneCommand Manager Application Command-Line Interface ................ 9
Using the CLI Client ........................................................................................ 12
Syntax Rules............................................................................................. 12
The CLI Client Command Reference............................................................... 12
Parameters Not Supported by CIM Interface............................................. 13
Read-Only Mode ....................................................................................... 17
Help Commands ....................................................................................... 17
Attributes Commands................................................................................ 18
Authentication Commands ........................................................................ 19
Boot Commands ....................................................................................... 21
CEE Commands ....................................................................................... 22
FCoE Commands...................................................................................... 26
Diagnostic Commands .............................................................................. 27
Driver Parameter Commands.................................................................... 30
Dump Commands ..................................................................................... 33
LUN Masking Commands ......................................................................... 34
Miscellaneous Commands ........................................................................ 35
Persistent Binding Commands .................................................................. 39
TCP/IP Management Host File Commands............................................... 41
VPort Commands...................................................................................... 41
WWN Management Commands................................................................ 43
iSCSI Commands...................................................................................... 44
ASCII Strings that May Be Returned ............................................................... 58
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.63
Size Driver
464Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.2.0.63-1.tar.gz
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Base driver and install script (468 KB gz file)

1. System Requirements
1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement
1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Known Issues
3.1 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications
3.1.1 Observed problem
3.1.2 Workaround
3.2 Deletion of Vports/PCI Hot Unplug
3.2.1 Observed Problem
3.2.2 Background
3.3 LILO Boot Loader is not supported - i386 and x86_64 architectures
3.3.1 Observed Problem
3.3.2 Background
3.4 Order of lpfc module in initrd module list
3.4.1 Observed Problem
3.4.2 Workaround
3.5 Devloss timeout after swapping ports
3.5.1 Observed Problem
3.5.2 Workaround
3.6 Suspend to disk and Resume support
3.6.1 Observed Problem
3.6.2 Background
3.7 Deleting vports while devices are in use
3.7.1 Observed Problem
3.7.2 Workaround
3.8 Support of 4Gb/s HBAs in Direct I/O virtualized environments
3.8.1 Observed Problem
3.8.2 Workaround
3.9 Potential error messages during driver kit removal process
3.9.1 Observed Problem
3.9.2 Resolution
3.10 lspci utility displays "Unknown Device" for OneConnect Universal CNAs
3.10.1 Observed Problem
3.10.2 Background
----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 or later
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 or later

1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement

For Red Hat Enterprise Linux installations, the -devel package
which matches the kernel package with the same version as the
currently running kernel must be installed for the LPFC driver
build to succeed. For example, a system with the 2.6.18-7 kernel
would need the kernel-devel-2.6.18-7 package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Driver Release Notes
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.63
Size Driver
31Kb
File Name
linux_release_notes.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)

Release Notes
Date: January 2010
Product: Driver for Linux
Version: FC and FCoE version 8.2.0.63
NIC version 2.101.374.0
iSCSI version 2.101.374.0

New Features in the Driver for Linux
1. Supports the OCe1010x OneConnect Universal Converged Network Adapters (CNAs).
2. Supports the OneCommand Manager application version 5.0. Refer to the OneCommand Manager
application User Manual for more information.
3. Adds PCI ID support for the LPSe12002-ML1-E EmulexSecure Fibre Channel Adapter.
4. Adds support for Advanced Error Reporting (AER) for PCIe HBAs.
Resolved Issues in the Driver for Linux
1. Multipath Package Issues Fixed
Corrected issues with the multipath package functions with the OneConnect UCNA.
2. FCF Failures Addressed
Resolved various FCF failures.
3. Corrected Adapter Reset
Corrected adapter reset and offline/online stress test failing with I/O errors.
4. Multiple Spurious Interrupts Corrected
Required OneConnect UCNA to set up and use single FCP EQ only under INTx interrupt mode. Changed
lpfc_use_msi module parameter to use INTx mode (not MSI) by default. This prevents multiple spurious
interrupts from the firmware.
5. Extended Error Handling Issue Resolved
Blocked all SCSI I/O requests from the midlayer until target rediscovery during Extended Error Handling
EEH.
6. VPort Log Out Issue Corrected
Corrected an issue that prevented a VPort to log out if deleted.
7. mbox sysfs Attribute Corrected
Corrected an issue that resulted in the mbox sysfs attribute smaller than the mailbox extension size.
8. LUN Panic Fixed
Fixed a potential panic if LUNs were unmapped.
9. CPU Lockup Fixed
Resolved an issue that caused the CPU to lock up or hang during boot when authentication is
enabled (fcauthd process is started).
10. Hot Plug Issue Resolved
Fixed a potential system panic issue during PCI Hot Plug.
11. List Corruption Fixed
Corrected an issue that caused a list corruption while unloading the driver.
12. Fabric Login Issue Fixed
Resolved an issue that caused the frame to be zeroed on the wire after a fabric login FLOGI .
13. Advanced Error Reporting Issue Resolved
Added logic to stop and abort all I/Os on an HBA for an advanced error reporting (AER) uncorrectable
non-fatal error handling.
14. AER sysfs entry Point Changed
Made the AER sysfs entry point return "Operation not permitted" for OneConnect UCNAs.
15. Unsolicited CT Exchange Sequences Fixed
Fixed handling of unsolicited CT exchange sequences.
16. Clear Virtual Link Support Added
Added support for Clear Virtual Link command.
17. devloss Timeout Issue Fixed
Corrected a devloss timeout issue when multiple initiators were in the same zone.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.63
Size Driver
290.7Mb
File Name
elxocm-rhel5-sles10-5.0.17.4-1.tgz
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
OneCommand Manager 5.0 enterprise application (290 MB tgz file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Linux User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.63
Size Manual
2.5Mb
File Name
linux.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
For the LPFC Driver Kit............................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 2
Known Issues.................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 2
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 3
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 3
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 3
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 4
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 4
Installing the Utilities and the Application Helper Module......................................... 4
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 4
Procedure ................................................................................................... 5
Utilities Directory Structure.......................................................................... 5
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 6
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 6
Procedure ................................................................................................... 6
Installing the HBAnyware Security Configurator ................................................ 7
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 7
Procedure ................................................................................................... 7
Installing the HBAnyware Utility and the Application Helper Module
using the Upgrade Kernel Option ..................................................................... 7
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 7
Procedure ................................................................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 8
Uninstalling a Previous Application Helper Module
(Stand Alone Kit) ............................................................................................... 9
Uninstalling the Utilities ........................................................................................... 9
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 9
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch only...................................................... 10
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Utility and the Application Helper Module ........... 10
Configuration ........................................................................................11
Driver Configuration Methods using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf.......................................................................................... 11
Temporary Configuration Method .............................................................. 11
Persistent Configuration Method ............................................................... 11
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 12
For Installed LPFC Driver Kits................................................................... 12
For Distribution In-Box LPFC Drivers ........................................................ 13
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................. 13
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 14
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 14
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 17
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
OneCommand Manager User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.63
Size Manual
5.4Mb
File Name
onecommand.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Manual for OneCommand Manager Application Version 5.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Supported Features by Operating System......................................................... 2
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing and Uninstalling OneCommand Manager
Application Components.......................................................................................... 4
Installing the OneCommand Manager Application............................................. 4
In Windows ................................................................................................. 4
In Solaris SFS ............................................................................................. 4
In Linux ....................................................................................................... 5
In VMware ESX Server ............................................................................... 6
Installing the OneCommand Manager Application Web Launch Interface ... 6
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 6
Procedures.................................................................................................. 7
Installing the OneCommand Manager Application Command Line Interface ..... 8
In Windows ................................................................................................. 9
In a New VMware ESX Server .................................................................... 9
Prerequisites....................................................................................... 10
Procedures ......................................................................................... 10
In a VMware ESX Server with an Existing HBAnyware CLI Kit Installed ... 10
Uninstalling Older HBAnyware Kits on VMware .................................. 10
In a New Linux System ............................................................................. 11
Prerequisites....................................................................................... 11
Procedures ......................................................................................... 11
In a Linux System with an Existing HBAnyware CLI Kit InstalledI ............. 12
Uninstalling Older HBAnyware Kits on Linux....................................... 12
In Solaris SFS ........................................................................................... 13
Prerequisites....................................................................................... 13
Procedures ......................................................................................... 13
Upgrading from the OneCommand Manager Application CLI to the Full-Featured
OneCommand Manager Application Enterprise Kit ......................................... 14
In Windows ............................................................................................... 14
In Linux ..................................................................................................... 14
In Solaris SFS ........................................................................................... 14
In VMware ESX Server ............................................................................. 14
Uninstalling the OneCommand Manager Application .................................. 14
In Windows .............................................................................................. 15
In Solaris SFS ........................................................................................... 15
In Linux ..................................................................................................... 15
In VMware................................................................................................. 15
Uninstalling the OneCommand Manager Application Web Launch
Interface Only .................................................................................................. 15
Starting the OneCommand Manager Application ................................................... 17
Starting the OneCommand Manager Application Web Launch Interface ......... 17
Managing Files when Running the OneCommand Manager Application
Web Launch Interface ............................................................................... 17
Using the OneCommand Manager Application ...................................................... 18
The OneCommand Manager Application Window Element Definitions ........... 18
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 19
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 19
The Toolbar Buttons ................................................................................. 19
The Discovery-Tree .................................................................................. 20
Discovery-Tree Icons ......................................................................... 21
Expanding or Collapsing the Discovery-Tree View ...................... 22
The Property Tabs .................................................................................... 22
The Status Bar ......................................................................................... 22
Changing Management and Read-Only Mode ........................................... 22
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Core Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.63
Size Driver
47Mb
File Name
elxocmcore-rhel5-sles10-5.0.17.4-1.tgz
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
OneCommand Manager 5.0 core application (47 MB tgz file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
OneCommand Manager Command Line User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.63
Size Manual
1.1Mb
File Name
corekit_user_manual.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Manual for OneCommand Manager Command Line Version 5.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Installing the OneCommand Manager Application CLI............................................. 2
In Windows........................................................................................................ 2
In a new VMware ESX Server ........................................................................... 2
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 2
Procedures.................................................................................................. 2
In a VMware ESX Server with an Existing HBAnyware CLI Kit Installed ........... 3
In a New Linux System...................................................................................... 3
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 3
Procedures.................................................................................................. 4
In a Linux System with an Existing HBAnyware CLI Kit Installed....................... 4
In Solaris SFS ................................................................................................... 6
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 6
Procedures.................................................................................................. 6
Uninstalling the OneCommand Manager Application CLI ........................................ 6
In VMware ESX Server...................................................................................... 6
In Linux ............................................................................................................. 7
Upgrading from the OneCommand Manager Application CLI to the Full-Featured
OneCommand Manager Application Enterprise Kit.................................................. 8
In Windows........................................................................................................ 8
In Linux ............................................................................................................. 8
In Solaris SFS ................................................................................................... 8
In VMware ESX Server...................................................................................... 8
Using the OneCommand Manager Application Command-Line Interface ................ 9
Using the CLI Client ........................................................................................ 12
Syntax Rules............................................................................................. 12
The CLI Client Command Reference............................................................... 12
Parameters Not Supported by CIM Interface............................................. 13
Read-Only Mode ....................................................................................... 17
Help Commands ....................................................................................... 17
Attributes Commands................................................................................ 18
Authentication Commands ........................................................................ 19
Boot Commands ....................................................................................... 21
CEE Commands ....................................................................................... 22
FCoE Commands...................................................................................... 26
Diagnostic Commands .............................................................................. 27
Driver Parameter Commands.................................................................... 30
Dump Commands ..................................................................................... 33
LUN Masking Commands ......................................................................... 34
Miscellaneous Commands ........................................................................ 35
Persistent Binding Commands .................................................................. 39
TCP/IP Management Host File Commands............................................... 41
VPort Commands...................................................................................... 41
WWN Management Commands................................................................ 43
iSCSI Commands...................................................................................... 44
ASCII Strings that May Be Returned ............................................................... 58
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.39
Size Driver
299Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.2.0.39-1.tar.gz
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Base driver and install script (299 KB gz file)

1. System Requirements
1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement
1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Known Issues
3.1 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications
3.1.1 Observed problem
3.1.2 Workaround
3.2 Deletion of Vports/PCI Hot Unplug
3.2.1 Observed Problem
3.2.2 Background
3.3 lspci utility displays "Unknown Device" for LPe12000 HBAs
3.3.1 Observed Problem
3.3.2 Background
3.4 Speed of LPe12000 HBA (8Gb) is incorrectly displayed by HBAnyware
3.4.1 Observed Problem
3.4.2 Background
3.5 Port disabled on system boot or HBA reset with authentication enabled
3.5.1 Observed Problem
3.5.2 Workaround
3.6 LILO Boot Loader is not supported - i386 and x86_64 architectures
3.6.1 Observed Problem
3.6.2 Background
3.7 Order of lpfc module in initrd module list
3.7.1 Observed Problem
3.7.2 Workaround
3.8 Devloss timeout after swapping ports
3.8.1 Observed Problem
3.8.2 Workaround
3.9 Suspend to disk and Resume support
3.9.1 Observed Problem
3.9.2 Background
3.10 Deleting vports while devices are in use
3.10.1 Observed Problem
3.10.2 Workaround
3.11 Support of 4Gb/s HBAs in Direct I/O virtualized environments
3.11.1 Observed Problem
3.11.2 Workaround
3.12 Potential error messages during driver kit removal process
3.12.1 Observer Problem
3.12.2 Resolution

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 (SP1 or higher)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Driver Release Notes
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.39
Size Driver
67Kb
File Name
driver_release_notes.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
New features, fixed issues and known issues in the driver

Release Notes
Date: March 2009 Product: Driver for Linux Version: 8.2.8.14 This document describes the new features, resolved known issues and current known issues associated with this driver build release. For the latest product documentation, go to www.Emulex.com. If you have any questions or require additional information, contact an authorized Emulex Corporation technical support representative.
New Features Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
1. Supports the LP21000 and LP21002 FCoE adapters. (10 Gb/s capable) 2. Supports the LPe1250, LPe1252, LPe12000 and LPe12002 adapters. (2, 4 and 8 Gb/s capable) 3. Supports the latest HBAnyware utility version 4.1 as part of the master kit. Refer to the HBAnyware Utility User Manual for more information. 4. Supports SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 11. (Intel x86, Intel Itanium2, Intel EM64T, AMD64, and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) 5. Adds interfaces via the sysfs file system to update speed and topology parameters without requiring link bounce. 6. Supports Power Management Suspend/Resume operations. 7.
Resolved Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
Supports MSI-X interrupt handling.
Known Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
There are no resolved issues in this driver version.
1. PCI Hot Plug may cause applications to malfunction Performing a PCI Hot Plug may cause the HBAnyware utilities or third party applications that use the Emulex libraries (i.e. HBAAPI) to behave unpredictably or malfunction. Workaround: 1. Stop all applications that are accessing LPFC's HBAAPI interface (HBAnyware utilities or third party applications) before performing PCI Hot Plug of an LPFC HBA. Use the following command to stop the HBAnyware application: #/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware 2. Perform the PCI Hot Plug of the HBA. 3. Restart the application.
2. Deleting virtual ports or performing a PCI Hot Unplug may result in SCSI errors When you delete a virtual port via the sysfs interface or perform a PCI Hot Unplug of an Emulex HBA, the kernel may report one of the following errors: kernel: Synchronizing SCSI cache for disk kernel: FAILED or SCSI error: return code = 0x00010000. Workaround: These messages do not indicate a functional failure and can be ignored. 3. LILO is not Supported The LILO Boot Loader on i386 and x86_64 architectures is not supported for this driver stream. If the LILO boot loader is used, after the LPFC driver package is installed and upon reboot, an incorrect initial ramdisk is used. The system may not boot correctly. Workaround: Use the GRUB boot loader. This is the default boot loader for most of the Linux distributions. 4. Issue with the LPFC module order in the INITRD_MODULES list. On the SLES10 SP1 system, if another SCSI driver such as aic79xx, is loaded right after the LPFC driver through the initrd image, an interruption might occur in the SCSI mid-layer discovery process on the LUNs connected to LPFC’s Fibre Channel. This interruption can prevent the release of the SCSI discovery reference count and the LPFC driver cannot unload. Workaround: Do not add SCSI drivers right after the LPFC module in the INITRD_MODULES list. 5. The LPFC driver may not finish discovery when two initiator ports are swapped. This causes all devices accessible through one or both of these initiator ports to time out and all I/O to fail. Workaround: Do one of the following:
• When swapping cables replace each cable, one at a time, and allow for discovery to complete before replacing the next cable. To determine if discovery is complete read the "state" sysfs parameter.
• When swapping cables, allow devloss timeout to fire before replacing the cables. (This fails all outstanding I/O.)
6. Deleted virtual ports may appear to be mounted, but are inaccessible. While Emulex provides management utilities to enable you to delete virtual ports, the LPFC driver cannot detect whether devices accessed through a virtual port are in use. You can delete a virtual port even when devices accessible through the virtual port are mounted or when I/O is outstanding to the device. If file systems are mounted on a virtual port and that virtual port is deleted, the file systems still appear to be mounted but are not be accessible. Workaround: Before deleting virtual ports, prepare the system affected by unmounting all the devices accessible through the virtual ports, and verifying that there is no outstanding I/O. 7. 4 Gb/s HBAs in virtualized environments that use Direct I/O or SFPT do not Initialize. Default driver configuration fails to initialize 4 Gb/s HBAs in virtualized environments that use Direct I/O or SFPT(Storage Fixed Pass through) .This may result in a system hang or uninitialized LPFC HBA in Intel VT-d and AMD-V IOMMU systems.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.39
Size Driver
208.6Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-4.1a36-8.2.0.39-1-1.tar
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.1a36 (208 MB tar file)
Note: This kit does not support Intel Itanium2 architecture. For Intel Itanium2 architecture support, download the corresponding core (CLI) applications kit.

HBAnyware 4.1a36 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 4.1a36
SSC version 4.1a36
DFC Library version 3.0.35-1-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
FCAUTHD version 1.20-1-1
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1
Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.2.0.39 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
HBAnyware Release Notes
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.39
Size Driver
34Kb
File Name
linux_release_notes.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
New features, fixed issues and known issues in the HBAnyware utility

Release Notes
Date: January 2010
Product: Driver for Linux
Version: FC and FCoE version 8.2.0.63
NIC version 2.101.374.0
iSCSI version 2.101.374.0

New Features in the Driver for Linux
1. Supports the OCe1010x OneConnect Universal Converged Network Adapters (CNAs).
2. Supports the OneCommand Manager application version 5.0. Refer to the OneCommand Manager
application User Manual for more information.
3. Adds PCI ID support for the LPSe12002-ML1-E EmulexSecure Fibre Channel Adapter.
4. Adds support for Advanced Error Reporting (AER) for PCIe HBAs.
Resolved Issues in the Driver for Linux
1. Multipath Package Issues Fixed
Corrected issues with the multipath package functions with the OneConnect UCNA.
2. FCF Failures Addressed
Resolved various FCF failures.
3. Corrected Adapter Reset
Corrected adapter reset and offline/online stress test failing with I/O errors.
4. Multiple Spurious Interrupts Corrected
Required OneConnect UCNA to set up and use single FCP EQ only under INTx interrupt mode. Changed
lpfc_use_msi module parameter to use INTx mode (not MSI) by default. This prevents multiple spurious
interrupts from the firmware.
5. Extended Error Handling Issue Resolved
Blocked all SCSI I/O requests from the midlayer until target rediscovery during Extended Error Handling
EEH.
6. VPort Log Out Issue Corrected
Corrected an issue that prevented a VPort to log out if deleted.
7. mbox sysfs Attribute Corrected
Corrected an issue that resulted in the mbox sysfs attribute smaller than the mailbox extension size.
8. LUN Panic Fixed
Fixed a potential panic if LUNs were unmapped.
9. CPU Lockup Fixed
Resolved an issue that caused the CPU to lock up or hang during boot when authentication is
enabled (fcauthd process is started).
10. Hot Plug Issue Resolved
Fixed a potential system panic issue during PCI Hot Plug.
11. List Corruption Fixed
Corrected an issue that caused a list corruption while unloading the driver.
12. Fabric Login Issue Fixed
Resolved an issue that caused the frame to be zeroed on the wire after a fabric login FLOGI .
13. Advanced Error Reporting Issue Resolved
Added logic to stop and abort all I/Os on an HBA for an advanced error reporting (AER) uncorrectable
non-fatal error handling.
14. AER sysfs entry Point Changed
Made the AER sysfs entry point return "Operation not permitted" for OneConnect UCNAs.
15. Unsolicited CT Exchange Sequences Fixed
Fixed handling of unsolicited CT exchange sequences.
16. Clear Virtual Link Support Added
Added support for Clear Virtual Link command.
17. devloss Timeout Issue Fixed
Corrected a devloss timeout issue when multiple initiators were in the same zone.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Linux User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.39
Size Manual
1.2Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
HBAnyware User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.39
Size Manual
4.6Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Core Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.39
Size Driver
38.9Mb
File Name
elxlinuxcorekit-4.1a36-8.2.0.39-1-1.tgz
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.1a36 (38.9 MB tar file)

HBAnyware CoreKit Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBACMD version 4.1a36
DFC Library version 3.0.35-1-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
Fcauth version 1.20-1-1
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1


Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.2.0.39 or later


HBAnyware CoreKit requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.
Installing HBAnyware CoreKit:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the appropriate sub-directory associated to the
target machine architecture and OS distribution
5. su to root
6. type : rpm -Uhv *.rpm

7. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd listhbas
to run script utility
Uninstalling HBAnyware CoreKit

1. obtain current CoreKit RPM package name using query :
rpm -qa | grep elxlinux
2. erase core kit package returned in step 1 using RPM erase
(rpm -e xxxx) command
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Known Issues

A. The following issues apply to all Linux distributions

A.1. Virtual Connect backwards compatibility

A.1.1 Background
Starting with HBAnyware CoreKit version 3.2, Emulex provides support for LightPulse
adapters that are reprogrammed with WWPNs outside the typical Emulex range,
such as HP's upcoming Virtual Connect for Fibre Channel on the BladeSystem
c-Class platform.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
HBAnyware Command Line User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.39
Size Manual
964Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
HBAnyware Command Line Version 4.1

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Driver Update Disc
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.29
Size Driver
5.9Mb
File Name
lpfc-rhel-5.2-dd-i686-20081006-1.iso
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and 5.2 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
x86 architecture (5.97 MB ISO image file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Driver Update Disc
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.29
Size Driver
4.5Mb
File Name
lpfc-rhel-5.2-dd-x86_64-20081006-1.iso
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and 5.2 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
x64 architecture (4.59 MB ISO image file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.29
Size Driver
179.1Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-4.0a31-8.2.0.29-1-1.tar
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2
architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.0a31 (179 MB tar file)
Note: This kit does not support Intel Itanium2 architecture. For Intel Itanium2 architecture support, download the corresponding core (CLI) applications kit.

HBAnyware 4.0a31 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 4.0a31
SSC version 4.0a31
DFC Library version 3.0.25-1-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1
FCAUTHD version 1.17-1-1
Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.2.0.29 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Linux User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.29
Size Manual
1.6Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and 5.2 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
HBAnyware User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.29
Size Manual
5.3Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and 5.2 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Driver Update Disc
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.29
Size Driver
5.1Mb
File Name
lpfc-rhel-5.2-dd-ia64-20081006-1.iso
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and 5.2 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Intel Itanium2 architecture (5.12 MB ISO image file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Core Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.29
Size Driver
15.3Mb
File Name
elxlinuxcorekit-4.0a31-8.2.0.29-1-1.tgz
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and 5.2 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.0a31 (15.3 MB tar file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
HBAnyware Command Line User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.29
Size Manual
888Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and 5.2 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
HBAnyware Command Line Version 4.0

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.29
Size Driver
179.1Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-4.0a31-8.2.0.29-1-1.tar
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2
architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.0a31 (179 MB tar file)
Note: This kit does not support Intel Itanium2 architecture. For Intel Itanium2 architecture support, download the corresponding core (CLI) applications kit.

HBAnyware 4.0a31 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 4.0a31
SSC version 4.0a31
DFC Library version 3.0.25-1-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1
FCAUTHD version 1.17-1-1
Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.2.0.29 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Linux User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.29
Size Manual
1.6Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2
architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
HBAnyware User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.29
Size Manual
5.3Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2
architectures)
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Core Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.29
Size Driver
15.3Mb
File Name
elxlinuxcorekit-4.0a31-8.2.0.29-1-1.tgz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.0a31 (15.3 MB tar file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
HBAnyware Command Line User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.29
Size Manual
888Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
HBAnyware Command Line Version 4.0

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.47
Size Driver
233Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.0.16.47-1.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Base driver and install script

1. System Requirements
1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement
1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Informational
3.1 Packaging Change Involving The Application Helper Module
3.1.1 Background
3.1.2 Observed Behavior
4. Known Issues
4.1 Uninstalling the Driver Kit on Boot-from-SAN Configurations
4.1.1 Observed problem
4.1.2 Resolution
4.2 Machine Check Exception
4.2.1 Observed problem
4.2.2 Workaround
4.3 Loading order of LPFC driver in initial ramdisk
4.3.1 Background
4.3.2 Observed Problem
4.3.3 Workaround
4.4 System panic while unloading the lpfc module
4.4.1 Background
4.4.2 Observed Problem
4.4.3 Resolution
4.5 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications
4.5.1 Observed problem
4.5.2 Workaround
4.6 Storage Array discovery issues in direct-attach configurations
4.6.1 Observed problem
4.6.2 Workaround

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 (Update 3 or higher)
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 (SP2 or higher)

1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement

For Red Hat Enterprise Linux installations, the kernel development
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC 8.0 driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.9-22.EL kernel would need the
kernel-devel-2.6.9-22.EL package, and a system with the
2.6.9-22.ELsmp kernel would need the kernel-smp-devel-2.6.9-22.EL
package.

1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement

For SuSE Linux Enterprise Server installations, the kernel-source
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC 8.0 driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.5-7.139-bigsmp kernel would need the
kernel-source-2.6.5-7.139 package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Driver Release Notes
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.47
Size Driver
38Kb
File Name
driver_release_notes.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
New features, fixed issues and known issues in the driver

Release Notes
Date: March 2009 Product: Driver for Linux Version: 8.2.8.14 This document describes the new features, resolved known issues and current known issues associated with this driver build release. For the latest product documentation, go to www.Emulex.com. If you have any questions or require additional information, contact an authorized Emulex Corporation technical support representative.
New Features Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
1. Supports the LP21000 and LP21002 FCoE adapters. (10 Gb/s capable) 2. Supports the LPe1250, LPe1252, LPe12000 and LPe12002 adapters. (2, 4 and 8 Gb/s capable) 3. Supports the latest HBAnyware utility version 4.1 as part of the master kit. Refer to the HBAnyware Utility User Manual for more information. 4. Supports SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 11. (Intel x86, Intel Itanium2, Intel EM64T, AMD64, and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) 5. Adds interfaces via the sysfs file system to update speed and topology parameters without requiring link bounce. 6. Supports Power Management Suspend/Resume operations. 7.
Resolved Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
Supports MSI-X interrupt handling.
Known Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
There are no resolved issues in this driver version.
1. PCI Hot Plug may cause applications to malfunction Performing a PCI Hot Plug may cause the HBAnyware utilities or third party applications that use the Emulex libraries (i.e. HBAAPI) to behave unpredictably or malfunction. Workaround: 1. Stop all applications that are accessing LPFC's HBAAPI interface (HBAnyware utilities or third party applications) before performing PCI Hot Plug of an LPFC HBA. Use the following command to stop the HBAnyware application: #/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware 2. Perform the PCI Hot Plug of the HBA. 3. Restart the application.
2. Deleting virtual ports or performing a PCI Hot Unplug may result in SCSI errors When you delete a virtual port via the sysfs interface or perform a PCI Hot Unplug of an Emulex HBA, the kernel may report one of the following errors: kernel: Synchronizing SCSI cache for disk kernel: FAILED or SCSI error: return code = 0x00010000. Workaround: These messages do not indicate a functional failure and can be ignored. 3. LILO is not Supported The LILO Boot Loader on i386 and x86_64 architectures is not supported for this driver stream. If the LILO boot loader is used, after the LPFC driver package is installed and upon reboot, an incorrect initial ramdisk is used. The system may not boot correctly. Workaround: Use the GRUB boot loader. This is the default boot loader for most of the Linux distributions. 4. Issue with the LPFC module order in the INITRD_MODULES list. On the SLES10 SP1 system, if another SCSI driver such as aic79xx, is loaded right after the LPFC driver through the initrd image, an interruption might occur in the SCSI mid-layer discovery process on the LUNs connected to LPFC’s Fibre Channel. This interruption can prevent the release of the SCSI discovery reference count and the LPFC driver cannot unload. Workaround: Do not add SCSI drivers right after the LPFC module in the INITRD_MODULES list. 5. The LPFC driver may not finish discovery when two initiator ports are swapped. This causes all devices accessible through one or both of these initiator ports to time out and all I/O to fail. Workaround: Do one of the following:
• When swapping cables replace each cable, one at a time, and allow for discovery to complete before replacing the next cable. To determine if discovery is complete read the "state" sysfs parameter.
• When swapping cables, allow devloss timeout to fire before replacing the cables. (This fails all outstanding I/O.)
6. Deleted virtual ports may appear to be mounted, but are inaccessible. While Emulex provides management utilities to enable you to delete virtual ports, the LPFC driver cannot detect whether devices accessed through a virtual port are in use. You can delete a virtual port even when devices accessible through the virtual port are mounted or when I/O is outstanding to the device. If file systems are mounted on a virtual port and that virtual port is deleted, the file systems still appear to be mounted but are not be accessible. Workaround: Before deleting virtual ports, prepare the system affected by unmounting all the devices accessible through the virtual ports, and verifying that there is no outstanding I/O. 7. 4 Gb/s HBAs in virtualized environments that use Direct I/O or SFPT do not Initialize. Default driver configuration fails to initialize 4 Gb/s HBAs in virtualized environments that use Direct I/O or SFPT(Storage Fixed Pass through) .This may result in a system hang or uninitialized LPFC HBA in Intel VT-d and AMD-V IOMMU systems.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.47
Size Driver
176.6Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-4.0a38-8.0.16.47-1-1.tar
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.0a38, Application helper module 2.0.39-1 (176 MB tar file)
Note: This kit does not support Intel Itanium2 architecture. For Intel Itanium2 architecture support, download the corresponding core (CLI) applications kit.

HBAnyware 4.0a38 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 4.0a38
SSC version 4.0a38
DFC Library version 80.206-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1
IOCTL Module version 2.0.39-1
Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.0.16.47 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Linux User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.47
Size Manual
971Kb
File Name
linux.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
For the LPFC Driver Kit............................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 2
Known Issues.................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 2
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 3
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 3
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 3
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 4
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 4
Installing the Utilities and the Application Helper Module......................................... 4
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 4
Procedure ................................................................................................... 5
Utilities Directory Structure.......................................................................... 5
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 6
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 6
Procedure ................................................................................................... 6
Installing the HBAnyware Security Configurator ................................................ 7
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 7
Procedure ................................................................................................... 7
Installing the HBAnyware Utility and the Application Helper Module
using the Upgrade Kernel Option ..................................................................... 7
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 7
Procedure ................................................................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 8
Uninstalling a Previous Application Helper Module
(Stand Alone Kit) ............................................................................................... 9
Uninstalling the Utilities ........................................................................................... 9
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 9
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch only...................................................... 10
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Utility and the Application Helper Module ........... 10
Configuration ........................................................................................11
Driver Configuration Methods using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf.......................................................................................... 11
Temporary Configuration Method .............................................................. 11
Persistent Configuration Method ............................................................... 11
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 12
For Installed LPFC Driver Kits................................................................... 12
For Distribution In-Box LPFC Drivers ........................................................ 13
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................. 13
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 14
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 14
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 17
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
HBAnyware User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.47
Size Manual
5.3Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Core Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.47
Size Driver
12.8Mb
File Name
elxlinuxcorekit-4.0a38-8.0.16.47-1-1.tgz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.0a38

HBAnyware CoreKit Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBACMD version 4.0a38
DFC Library version 80.208-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1


Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.0.16.46 or later
IOCTL Module 2.0.38-1

HBAnyware CoreKit requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.
Installing HBAnyware CoreKit:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the appropriate sub-directory associated to the
target machine architecture and OS distribution
5. su to root
6. type : rpm -Uhv *.rpm

7. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd listhbas
to run script utility
Uninstalling HBAnyware CoreKit

1. obtain current CoreKit RPM package name using query :
rpm -qa | grep elxlinux
2. erase core kit package returned in step 1 using RPM erase
(rpm -e xxxx) command
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Known Issues

A. The following issues apply to all Linux distributions

A.1. Virtual Connect backwards compatibility

A.1.1 Background
Starting with HBAnyware CoreKit version 3.2, Emulex provides support for LightPulse
adapters that are reprogrammed with WWPNs outside the typical Emulex range,
such as HP's upcoming Virtual Connect for Fibre Channel on the BladeSystem
c-Class platform.

A.1.2 Resolution
In such environments, HBAnyware CoreKit version 3.2 must be deployed across all
servers on the SAN, as well as any other management console used for
out-of-band management, so that all adapters appear in the discovery tree.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
HBAnyware Command Line User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.47
Size Manual
888Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware Command Line Version 4.0

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Linux Offline Utility Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Utilities
5.0.17.4
Size Utilities
26.1Mb
File Name
elxlinlpcfg-rhel4-rhel5-sles10-sles11-5.0.17.4-2.tgz
Information
Emulex driver version 8.2.0.29 (or later) for Linux Emulex driver version 8.0.16.44 (or later) for Linux
(26.1 MB tgz file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Linux Offline Utility, Application Release Notes
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Utilities
5.0.17.4
Size Utilities
63Kb
File Name
linlpcfg_release_notes.pdf
Information
Emulex driver version 8.2.0.29 (or later) for Linux Emulex driver version 8.0.16.44 (or later) for Linux
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Linux Offline Utility, Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
5.0.17.4
Size Manual
1Mb
File Name
offline_utilities_manual.pdf
Information
Emulex driver version 8.2.0.29 (or later) for Linux Emulex driver version 8.0.16.44 (or later) for Linux
(1.01 MB pdf file)

The Offline Utilities..................................................................................................1
Introduction.......................................................................................................1
Installation.........................................................................................................2
The WinPE Offline Utility.............................................................................2
The DOS Offline Utility................................................................................2
The Linux Offline Utility...............................................................................3
Known Issues....................................................................................................3
Using the Offline Utilities...................................................................................3
The DOS Offline Utility................................................................................4
Running the Offline Utilities from the Command Prompt.............................4
Offline Utility Commands...................................................................................5
Supported Commands................................................................................5
....................................................................................................................
8
Viewing the Syntax for Commands - help or ?............................................8
Resetting an Adapter - reset.......................................................................8
Running the Power-On Self-Test - posttest.................................................9
Viewing Adapter Information.............................................................................9
Viewing Emulex conventional names instead of Vital Product Data (VPD) - /c...............................................................................................................9
Viewing the Offline Utilities’ Version Information - version...........................9
Viewing Vital Product Data - vpd...............................................................10
Viewing Boot Device Info, WWN, LUN and Topology - readbootdevice.....10
Viewing BootBIOS Versions - listboot........................................................11
Viewing all Adapters in the System - listhba..............................................11
Viewing WWN of all adapters in the System - listwwn...............................12
Sample response: ....................................................................................12
Viewing Firmware Program Revisions - listrev..........................................12
Viewing Selected Configuration Numbers - readconfig.............................13
Firmware and Boot Code Download Commands.............................................13
Downloading a File - download.................................................................13
Accessing the Flash Device Directly - directdownload..............................14
World Wide Name Commands........................................................................15
Writing WWN and Updating NVPARMS - writewwn...................................15
Saving WWN data to a file - savewwn.......................................................16
Restoring WWN and Updating NVPARMS - restorewwn...........................16
Restoring NVPARMS - restorenvwwn.......................................................16
Restoring the IEEE address - restoredefwwn............................................16
Boot Code Commands....................................................................................17
Enabling or Disabling BootBIOS or boot code - enableboot/disableboot...17
Selecting a Boot Device - setbootdevice...................................................17
Read All Alternative Boot Devices - readaltboot........................................18
Selecting One or More Alternate Boot Devices - setaltboot.......................19
Configuration Commands................................................................................19
Setting the Adapter to Use Soft Jumpers or Hardware Default - jumper...19
Updating Configuration Regions - config...................................................19
Running Tests..................................................................................................20
Running the External Loopback Test - extloopback...................................20
Running the Internal Loopback Test - intloopback.....................................21
Running the PCI Loopback Test - pciloopback..........................................21
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.22
Size Driver
274Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.2.0.22-2.tar.gz
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.0 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Base driver and install script (273 KB gz file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.22
Size Driver
198.5Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-3.4a14-8.2.0.22-2-2.tar
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.0 and later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 5 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
HBAnyware utility 3.4a14 (198 MB tar file)

HBAnyware 3.4a14 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 3.4a14
SSC version 3.4a14
DFC Library version 3.0.13-1
Lputil version
HBAAPI version 2.1.g

Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.2.0.22 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Linux User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.22
Size Manual
1.5Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.0 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
HBAnyware User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.22
Size Manual
3.5Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.2 and SUSE SLES 10 SP2 (Intel x86, Intel Itanium2, Intel EM64T, AMD64, and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware Utility Version 3.4

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.8.14
Size Driver
333Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.2.8.14-1.tar.gz
Information
SLES 11 (x86 Intel,x86-64 AMD & Intel)
Base driver and install script (333 KB gz file)

1. System Requirements
1.1 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Known Issues
3.1 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications
3.1.1 Observed problem
3.1.2 Workaround
3.2 Deletion of Vports/PCI Hot Unplug
3.2.1 Observed Problem
3.2.2 Background
3.3 Port disabled on system boot or HBA reset with authentication enabled
3.3.1 Observed Problem
3.3.2 Workaround
3.4 LILO Boot Loader is not supported - i386 and x86_64 architectures
3.4.1 Observed Problem
3.4.2 Background
3.5 Order of lpfc module in initrd module list
3.5.1 Observed Problem
3.5.2 Workaround
3.6 Devloss timeout after swapping ports
3.6.1 Observed Problem
3.6.2 Workaround
3.7 Deleting vports while devices are in use
3.7.1 Observed Problem
3.7.2 Workaround
3.8 Support of 4Gb/s HBAs in Direct I/O virtualized environments
3.8.1 Observed Problem
3.8.2 Workaround
----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 11

1.1 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement

For SuSE Linux Enterprise Server installations, the kernel-source
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC driver build to succeed. For example, a
system with the 2.6.27-rc7-12-default kernel would need the
kernel-source-2.6.27-12.1 package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Driver Release Notes
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.8.14
Size Driver
30Kb
File Name
driver_release_notes.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
New features, fixed issues and known issues in the driver (31 KB)

Release Notes
Date: March 2009 Product: Driver for Linux Version: 8.2.8.14 This document describes the new features, resolved known issues and current known issues associated with this driver build release. For the latest product documentation, go to www.Emulex.com. If you have any questions or require additional information, contact an authorized Emulex Corporation technical support representative.
New Features Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
1. Supports the LP21000 and LP21002 FCoE adapters. (10 Gb/s capable) 2. Supports the LPe1250, LPe1252, LPe12000 and LPe12002 adapters. (2, 4 and 8 Gb/s capable) 3. Supports the latest HBAnyware utility version 4.1 as part of the master kit. Refer to the HBAnyware Utility User Manual for more information. 4. Supports SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 11. (Intel x86, Intel Itanium2, Intel EM64T, AMD64, and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) 5. Adds interfaces via the sysfs file system to update speed and topology parameters without requiring link bounce. 6. Supports Power Management Suspend/Resume operations. 7.
Resolved Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
Supports MSI-X interrupt handling.
Known Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
There are no resolved issues in this driver version.
1. PCI Hot Plug may cause applications to malfunction Performing a PCI Hot Plug may cause the HBAnyware utilities or third party applications that use the Emulex libraries (i.e. HBAAPI) to behave unpredictably or malfunction. Workaround: 1. Stop all applications that are accessing LPFC's HBAAPI interface (HBAnyware utilities or third party applications) before performing PCI Hot Plug of an LPFC HBA. Use the following command to stop the HBAnyware application: #/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware 2. Perform the PCI Hot Plug of the HBA. 3. Restart the application.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.8.14
Size Driver
170.9Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-4.1a36-8.2.8.14-1-1.tar
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.1a36 (170 MB tar file)
Note: This kit does not support Intel Itanium2 architecture. For Intel Itanium2 architecture support, download the corresponding core (CLI) applications kit.

HBAnyware 4.1a36 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 4.1a36
SSC version 4.1a36
DFC Library version 3.1.12-1-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
FCAUTHD version 2.5-1-1

Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.2.8.14 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
HBAnyware Release Notes
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.8.14
Size Driver
34Kb
File Name
linux_release_notes.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
New features, fixed issues and known issues in the HBAnyware utility

Release Notes
Date: January 2010
Product: Driver for Linux
Version: FC and FCoE version 8.2.0.63
NIC version 2.101.374.0
iSCSI version 2.101.374.0

New Features in the Driver for Linux
1. Supports the OCe1010x OneConnect Universal Converged Network Adapters (CNAs).
2. Supports the OneCommand Manager application version 5.0. Refer to the OneCommand Manager
application User Manual for more information.
3. Adds PCI ID support for the LPSe12002-ML1-E EmulexSecure Fibre Channel Adapter.
4. Adds support for Advanced Error Reporting (AER) for PCIe HBAs.
Resolved Issues in the Driver for Linux
1. Multipath Package Issues Fixed
Corrected issues with the multipath package functions with the OneConnect UCNA.
2. FCF Failures Addressed
Resolved various FCF failures.
3. Corrected Adapter Reset
Corrected adapter reset and offline/online stress test failing with I/O errors.
4. Multiple Spurious Interrupts Corrected
Required OneConnect UCNA to set up and use single FCP EQ only under INTx interrupt mode. Changed
lpfc_use_msi module parameter to use INTx mode (not MSI) by default. This prevents multiple spurious
interrupts from the firmware.
5. Extended Error Handling Issue Resolved
Blocked all SCSI I/O requests from the midlayer until target rediscovery during Extended Error Handling
EEH.
6. VPort Log Out Issue Corrected
Corrected an issue that prevented a VPort to log out if deleted.
7. mbox sysfs Attribute Corrected
Corrected an issue that resulted in the mbox sysfs attribute smaller than the mailbox extension size.
8. LUN Panic Fixed
Fixed a potential panic if LUNs were unmapped.
9. CPU Lockup Fixed
Resolved an issue that caused the CPU to lock up or hang during boot when authentication is
enabled (fcauthd process is started).
10. Hot Plug Issue Resolved
Fixed a potential system panic issue during PCI Hot Plug.
11. List Corruption Fixed
Corrected an issue that caused a list corruption while unloading the driver.
12. Fabric Login Issue Fixed
Resolved an issue that caused the frame to be zeroed on the wire after a fabric login FLOGI .
13. Advanced Error Reporting Issue Resolved
Added logic to stop and abort all I/Os on an HBA for an advanced error reporting (AER) uncorrectable
non-fatal error handling.
14. AER sysfs entry Point Changed
Made the AER sysfs entry point return "Operation not permitted" for OneConnect UCNAs.
15. Unsolicited CT Exchange Sequences Fixed
Fixed handling of unsolicited CT exchange sequences.
16. Clear Virtual Link Support Added
Added support for Clear Virtual Link command.
17. devloss Timeout Issue Fixed
Corrected a devloss timeout issue when multiple initiators were in the same zone.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Linux User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.8.14
Size Manual
1.6Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual (1.64 MB pdf file)

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
HBAnyware User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.8.14
Size Manual
4.6Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.48.2p
Size Driver
452Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.2.0.48.2p-1.tar.gz
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Base driver and install script

1. System Requirements
1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement
1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Known Issues
3.1 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications
3.1.1 Observed problem
3.1.2 Workaround
3.2 Deletion of Vports/PCI Hot Unplug
3.2.1 Observed Problem
3.2.2 Background
3.3 lspci utility displays "Unknown Device" for LPe12000 HBAs
3.3.1 Observed Problem
3.3.2 Background
3.4 Speed of LPe12000 HBA (8Gb) is incorrectly displayed by HBAnyware
3.4.1 Observed Problem
3.4.2 Background
3.5 Port disabled on system boot or HBA reset with authentication enabled
3.5.1 Observed Problem
3.5.2 Workaround
3.6 LILO Boot Loader is not supported - i386 and x86_64 architectures
3.6.1 Observed Problem
3.6.2 Background
3.7 Order of lpfc module in initrd module list
3.7.1 Observed Problem
3.7.2 Workaround
3.8 Devloss timeout after swapping ports
3.8.1 Observed Problem
3.8.2 Workaround
3.9 Suspend to disk and Resume support
3.9.1 Observed Problem
3.9.2 Background
3.10 Deleting vports while devices are in use
3.10.1 Observed Problem
3.10.2 Workaround
3.11 Support of 4Gb/s HBAs in Direct I/O virtualized environments
3.11.1 Observed Problem
3.11.2 Workaround
3.12 Potential error messages during driver kit removal process
3.12.1 Observer Problem
3.12.2 Resolution

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 (SP1 or higher)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Driver Release Notes
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.48.2p
Size Driver
147Kb
File Name
driver_release_notes.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
New features, fixed issues and known issues in the driver (147 KB)

Release Notes
Date: March 2009
Product: Driver for Linux
Version: 8.2.0.39
This document describes the new features, resolved known issues and current known issues associated with this driver build release. For the latest product documentation, go to www.Emulex.com. If you have any questions or require additional information, contact an authorized Emulex Corporation technical support representative.
New Features Driver for Linux 8.2.0.39
1. Supports the LP21000 and LP21002 FCoE adapters.
2. (10 Gb/s capable)
Supports the LPe1250, LPe1252, LPe12000 and LPe12002 adapters.
3. (2, 4 and 8 Gb/s capable)
Supports the latest HBAnyware utility version 4.1 as part of master kit.
4. Refer to the HBAnyware Utility User Manual for more information.
5.
Adds the ability to control I/O queue depth based on the I/O completion time.
Adds interfaces via the sysfs filesystem to update speed and topology parameters without
Resolved Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.0.39
requiring link bounce.
1. A CEE firmware upgrade with a Converged Network Adapter (CNA) did not work properly. This discovery issue has been resolved.
2. The firmware diagnostic dump process took too long to complete. This logging issue has been resolved.
3. Loopback tests failed on CNAs. This loopback mode issue has been resolved.
4. Echo tests failed when NPIV was enabled.This issue has been resolved.
5. Emulex HBAs potentially could not initialize properly when used in Virtualized Environments with SFPT (Storage Fixed Pass through) or Direct I/O. This potential issue has been resolved.
6. The RSCN address format was not handled properly. This event qualifier issue has been resolved.
7. The Emulex LPFC driver used the mdelay function in the IOCTL process path. The driver was updated to use the msleep function instead.
8. The HBAnyware Security Configurator could not communicate with certain servers. This issue was resolved by increasing internal buffers to support 40KB SSC sequences.
9. Updates to the WWN via management utilities were taking effect immediately. This issue was resolved by allowing the updates to take effect after a (warm) system reboot.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.48.2p
Size Driver
208.6Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-4.1a36-8.2.0.48.2p-1-1.tar
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.1a36 (208 MB tar file)
Note: This kit does not support Intel Itanium2 architecture. For Intel Itanium2 architecture support, download the corresponding core (CLI) applications kit.

HBAnyware 4.1a36 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 4.1a36
SSC version 4.1a36
DFC Library version 3.0.35-1-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
FCAUTHD version 1.20-1-1
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1
Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.2.0.48.2p or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
HBAnyware Release Notes
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.48.2p
Size Driver
34Kb
File Name
linux_release_notes.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
New features, fixed issues and known issues in the HBAnyware utility

Release Notes
Date: January 2010
Product: Driver for Linux
Version: FC and FCoE version 8.2.0.63
NIC version 2.101.374.0
iSCSI version 2.101.374.0

New Features in the Driver for Linux
1. Supports the OCe1010x OneConnect Universal Converged Network Adapters (CNAs).
2. Supports the OneCommand Manager application version 5.0. Refer to the OneCommand Manager
application User Manual for more information.
3. Adds PCI ID support for the LPSe12002-ML1-E EmulexSecure Fibre Channel Adapter.
4. Adds support for Advanced Error Reporting (AER) for PCIe HBAs.
Resolved Issues in the Driver for Linux
1. Multipath Package Issues Fixed
Corrected issues with the multipath package functions with the OneConnect UCNA.
2. FCF Failures Addressed
Resolved various FCF failures.
3. Corrected Adapter Reset
Corrected adapter reset and offline/online stress test failing with I/O errors.
4. Multiple Spurious Interrupts Corrected
Required OneConnect UCNA to set up and use single FCP EQ only under INTx interrupt mode. Changed
lpfc_use_msi module parameter to use INTx mode (not MSI) by default. This prevents multiple spurious
interrupts from the firmware.
5. Extended Error Handling Issue Resolved
Blocked all SCSI I/O requests from the midlayer until target rediscovery during Extended Error Handling
EEH.
6. VPort Log Out Issue Corrected
Corrected an issue that prevented a VPort to log out if deleted.
7. mbox sysfs Attribute Corrected
Corrected an issue that resulted in the mbox sysfs attribute smaller than the mailbox extension size.
8. LUN Panic Fixed
Fixed a potential panic if LUNs were unmapped.
9. CPU Lockup Fixed
Resolved an issue that caused the CPU to lock up or hang during boot when authentication is
enabled (fcauthd process is started).
10. Hot Plug Issue Resolved
Fixed a potential system panic issue during PCI Hot Plug.
11. List Corruption Fixed
Corrected an issue that caused a list corruption while unloading the driver.
12. Fabric Login Issue Fixed
Resolved an issue that caused the frame to be zeroed on the wire after a fabric login FLOGI .
13. Advanced Error Reporting Issue Resolved
Added logic to stop and abort all I/Os on an HBA for an advanced error reporting (AER) uncorrectable
non-fatal error handling.
14. AER sysfs entry Point Changed
Made the AER sysfs entry point return "Operation not permitted" for OneConnect UCNAs.
15. Unsolicited CT Exchange Sequences Fixed
Fixed handling of unsolicited CT exchange sequences.
16. Clear Virtual Link Support Added
Added support for Clear Virtual Link command.
17. devloss Timeout Issue Fixed
Corrected a devloss timeout issue when multiple initiators were in the same zone.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Linux User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.48.2p
Size Manual
1.5Mb
File Name
linux.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
For the LPFC Driver Kit............................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 2
Known Issues.................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 2
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 3
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 3
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 3
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 4
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 4
Installing the Utilities and the Application Helper Module......................................... 4
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 4
Procedure ................................................................................................... 5
Utilities Directory Structure.......................................................................... 5
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 6
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 6
Procedure ................................................................................................... 6
Installing the HBAnyware Security Configurator ................................................ 7
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 7
Procedure ................................................................................................... 7
Installing the HBAnyware Utility and the Application Helper Module
using the Upgrade Kernel Option ..................................................................... 7
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 7
Procedure ................................................................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 8
Uninstalling a Previous Application Helper Module
(Stand Alone Kit) ............................................................................................... 9
Uninstalling the Utilities ........................................................................................... 9
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 9
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch only...................................................... 10
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Utility and the Application Helper Module ........... 10
Configuration ........................................................................................11
Driver Configuration Methods using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf.......................................................................................... 11
Temporary Configuration Method .............................................................. 11
Persistent Configuration Method ............................................................... 11
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 12
For Installed LPFC Driver Kits................................................................... 12
For Distribution In-Box LPFC Drivers ........................................................ 13
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................. 13
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 14
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 14
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 17
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
HBAnyware User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.48.2p
Size Manual
4.6Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.33.3p
Size Driver
289Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.2.0.33.3p-1.tar.gz
Information
This driver version is also available in-box, and it is supported by the following Linux distributions: RHEL 5.2, OEL 5.2, and SLES 10 SP2
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Base driver and install script

1. System Requirements
1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement
1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Known Issues
3.1 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications
3.1.1 Observed problem
3.1.2 Workaround
3.2 Deletion of Vports/PCI Hot Unplug
3.2.1 Observed Problem
3.2.2 Background
3.3 lspci utility displays "Unknown Device" for LPe12000 HBAs
3.3.1 Observed Problem
3.3.2 Background
3.4 Speed of LPe12000 HBA (8Gb) is incorrectly displayed by HBAnyware
3.4.1 Observed Problem
3.4.2 Background
3.5 Port disabled on system boot or HBA reset with authentication enabled
3.5.1 Observed Problem
3.5.2 Workaround
3.6 LILO Boot Loader is not supported - i386 and x86_64 architectures
3.6.1 Observed Problem
3.6.2 Background
3.7 Order of lpfc module in initrd module list
3.7.1 Observed Problem
3.7.2 Workaround
3.8 Devloss timeout after swapping ports
3.8.1 Observed Problem
3.8.2 Workaround
3.9 Suspend to disk and Resume support
3.9.1 Observed Problem
3.9.2 Background
3.10 Deleting vports while devices are in use
3.10.1 Observed Problem
3.10.2 Workaround

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 (SP1 or higher)

1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement

For Red Hat Enterprise Linux installations, the -devel package
which matches the kernel package with the same version as the
currently running kernel must be installed for the LPFC driver
build to succeed. For example, a system with the 2.6.18-7 kernel
would need the kernel-devel-2.6.18-7 package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.33.3p
Size Driver
208.6Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-4.1a36-8.2.0.33.3p-1-1.tar
Information
This driver version is also available in-box, and it is supported by the following Linux distributions: RHEL 5.2, OEL 5.2, and SLES 10 SP2
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.1a36 (208 MB tar file)
Note: This kit does not support the Intel Itanium2 architecture. For Intel Itanium2 architecture support, download the corresponding core (CLI) applications kit.

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3, SUSE SLES 11 (x86 Intel,x86-64 AMD & Intel architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.1a36

HBAnyware 4.1a36 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 4.1a36
SSC version 4.1a36
DFC Library version 3.0.35-1-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
FCAUTHD version 1.19-1-1
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1
Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.2.0.33.3p or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
HBAnyware Release Notes
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.33.3p
Size Driver
34Kb
File Name
linux_release_notes.pdf
Information
This driver version is also available in-box, and it is supported by the following Linux distributions: RHEL 5.2, OEL 5.2, and SLES 10 SP2
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
New features, fixed issues and known issues in the HBAnyware utility

Release Notes
Date: January 2010
Product: Driver for Linux
Version: FC and FCoE version 8.2.0.63
NIC version 2.101.374.0
iSCSI version 2.101.374.0

New Features in the Driver for Linux
1. Supports the OCe1010x OneConnect Universal Converged Network Adapters (CNAs).
2. Supports the OneCommand Manager application version 5.0. Refer to the OneCommand Manager
application User Manual for more information.
3. Adds PCI ID support for the LPSe12002-ML1-E EmulexSecure Fibre Channel Adapter.
4. Adds support for Advanced Error Reporting (AER) for PCIe HBAs.
Resolved Issues in the Driver for Linux
1. Multipath Package Issues Fixed
Corrected issues with the multipath package functions with the OneConnect UCNA.
2. FCF Failures Addressed
Resolved various FCF failures.
3. Corrected Adapter Reset
Corrected adapter reset and offline/online stress test failing with I/O errors.
4. Multiple Spurious Interrupts Corrected
Required OneConnect UCNA to set up and use single FCP EQ only under INTx interrupt mode. Changed
lpfc_use_msi module parameter to use INTx mode (not MSI) by default. This prevents multiple spurious
interrupts from the firmware.
5. Extended Error Handling Issue Resolved
Blocked all SCSI I/O requests from the midlayer until target rediscovery during Extended Error Handling
EEH.
6. VPort Log Out Issue Corrected
Corrected an issue that prevented a VPort to log out if deleted.
7. mbox sysfs Attribute Corrected
Corrected an issue that resulted in the mbox sysfs attribute smaller than the mailbox extension size.
8. LUN Panic Fixed
Fixed a potential panic if LUNs were unmapped.
9. CPU Lockup Fixed
Resolved an issue that caused the CPU to lock up or hang during boot when authentication is
enabled (fcauthd process is started).
10. Hot Plug Issue Resolved
Fixed a potential system panic issue during PCI Hot Plug.
11. List Corruption Fixed
Corrected an issue that caused a list corruption while unloading the driver.
12. Fabric Login Issue Fixed
Resolved an issue that caused the frame to be zeroed on the wire after a fabric login FLOGI .
13. Advanced Error Reporting Issue Resolved
Added logic to stop and abort all I/Os on an HBA for an advanced error reporting (AER) uncorrectable
non-fatal error handling.
14. AER sysfs entry Point Changed
Made the AER sysfs entry point return "Operation not permitted" for OneConnect UCNAs.
15. Unsolicited CT Exchange Sequences Fixed
Fixed handling of unsolicited CT exchange sequences.
16. Clear Virtual Link Support Added
Added support for Clear Virtual Link command.
17. devloss Timeout Issue Fixed
Corrected a devloss timeout issue when multiple initiators were in the same zone.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Linux User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.33.3p
Size Manual
1.3Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
This driver version is also available in-box, and it is supported by the following Linux distributions: RHEL 5.2, OEL 5.2, and SLES 10 SP2
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
HBAnyware User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.33.3p
Size Manual
4.6Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
This driver version is also available in-box, and it is supported by the following Linux distributions: RHEL 5.2, OEL 5.2, and SLES 10 SP2
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.46
Size Driver
233Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.0.16.46-1.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Base driver and install script

1. System Requirements
1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement
1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Informational
3.1 Packaging Change Involving The Application Helper Module
3.1.1 Background
3.1.2 Observed Behavior
4. Known Issues
4.1 Uninstalling the Driver Kit on Boot-from-SAN Configurations
4.1.1 Observed problem
4.1.2 Resolution
4.2 Machine Check Exception
4.2.1 Observed problem
4.2.2 Workaround
4.3 Loading order of LPFC driver in initial ramdisk
4.3.1 Background
4.3.2 Observed Problem
4.3.3 Workaround
4.4 System panic while unloading the lpfc module
4.4.1 Background
4.4.2 Observed Problem
4.4.3 Resolution
4.5 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications
4.5.1 Observed problem
4.5.2 Workaround
4.6 Storage Array discovery issues in direct-attach configurations
4.6.1 Observed problem
4.6.2 Workaround

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 (Update 3 or higher)
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 (SP2 or higher)

1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement

For Red Hat Enterprise Linux installations, the kernel development
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC 8.0 driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.9-22.EL kernel would need the
kernel-devel-2.6.9-22.EL package, and a system with the
2.6.9-22.ELsmp kernel would need the kernel-smp-devel-2.6.9-22.EL
package.

1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement

For SuSE Linux Enterprise Server installations, the kernel-source
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC 8.0 driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.5-7.139-bigsmp kernel would need the
kernel-source-2.6.5-7.139 package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Driver Release Notes
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.46
Size Driver
28Kb
File Name
driver_release_notes.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)

Release Notes
Date: March 2009 Product: Driver for Linux Version: 8.2.8.14 This document describes the new features, resolved known issues and current known issues associated with this driver build release.
New Features Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
1. Supports the LP21000 and LP21002 FCoE adapters. (10 Gb/s capable) 2. Supports the LPe1250, LPe1252, LPe12000 and LPe12002 adapters. (2, 4 and 8 Gb/s capable) 3. Supports the latest HBAnyware utility version 4.1 as part of the master kit. Refer to the HBAnyware Utility User Manual for more information. 4. Supports SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 11. (Intel x86, Intel Itanium2, Intel EM64T, AMD64, and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) 5. Adds interfaces via the sysfs file system to update speed and topology parameters without requiring link bounce. 6. Supports Power Management Suspend/Resume operations. 7.
Resolved Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
Supports MSI-X interrupt handling.
Known Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
There are no resolved issues in this driver version.
1. PCI Hot Plug may cause applications to malfunction Performing a PCI Hot Plug may cause the HBAnyware utilities or third party applications that use the Emulex libraries (i.e. HBAAPI) to behave unpredictably or malfunction. Workaround: 1. Stop all applications that are accessing LPFC's HBAAPI interface (HBAnyware utilities or third party applications) before performing PCI Hot Plug of an LPFC HBA. Use the following command to stop the HBAnyware application: #/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware 2. Perform the PCI Hot Plug of the HBA. 3. Restart the application.
2. Deleting virtual ports or performing a PCI Hot Unplug may result in SCSI errors When you delete a virtual port via the sysfs interface or perform a PCI Hot Unplug of an Emulex HBA, the kernel may report one of the following errors: kernel: Synchronizing SCSI cache for disk kernel: FAILED or SCSI error: return code = 0x00010000. Workaround: These messages do not indicate a functional failure and can be ignored. 3. LILO is not Supported The LILO Boot Loader on i386 and x86_64 architectures is not supported for this driver stream. If the LILO boot loader is used, after the LPFC driver package is installed and upon reboot, an incorrect initial ramdisk is used. The system may not boot correctly. Workaround: Use the GRUB boot loader. This is the default boot loader for most of the Linux distributions. 4. Issue with the LPFC module order in the INITRD_MODULES list. On the SLES10 SP1 system, if another SCSI driver such as aic79xx, is loaded right after the LPFC driver through the initrd image, an interruption might occur in the SCSI mid-layer discovery process on the LUNs connected to LPFC’s Fibre Channel. This interruption can prevent the release of the SCSI discovery reference count and the LPFC driver cannot unload. Workaround: Do not add SCSI drivers right after the LPFC module in the INITRD_MODULES list. 5. The LPFC driver may not finish discovery when two initiator ports are swapped. This causes all devices accessible through one or both of these initiator ports to time out and all I/O to fail. Workaround: Do one of the following:
• When swapping cables replace each cable, one at a time, and allow for discovery to complete before replacing the next cable. To determine if discovery is complete read the "state" sysfs parameter.
• When swapping cables, allow devloss timeout to fire before replacing the cables. (This fails all outstanding I/O.)
6. Deleted virtual ports may appear to be mounted, but are inaccessible. While Emulex provides management utilities to enable you to delete virtual ports, the LPFC driver cannot detect whether devices accessed through a virtual port are in use. You can delete a virtual port even when devices accessible through the virtual port are mounted or when I/O is outstanding to the device. If file systems are mounted on a virtual port and that virtual port is deleted, the file systems still appear to be mounted but are not be accessible. Workaround: Before deleting virtual ports, prepare the system affected by unmounting all the devices accessible through the virtual ports, and verifying that there is no outstanding I/O. 7. 4 Gb/s HBAs in virtualized environments that use Direct I/O or SFPT do not Initialize. Default driver configuration fails to initialize 4 Gb/s HBAs in virtualized environments that use Direct I/O or SFPT(Storage Fixed Pass through) .This may result in a system hang or uninitialized LPFC HBA in Intel VT-d and AMD-V IOMMU systems.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.46
Size Driver
176.6Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-4.0a38-8.0.16.46-1-1.tar
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.0a38, Application helper module 2.0.38-1 (176 MB tar file)
Note: This kit does not support Intel Itanium2 architecture. For Intel Itanium2 architecture support, download the corresponding core (CLI) applications kit.

HBAnyware 4.0a38 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 4.0a38
SSC version 4.0a38
DFC Library version 80.206-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1
IOCTL Module version 2.0.36-1
Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.0.16.46 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Linux User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.46
Size Manual
950Kb
File Name
linux.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
For the LPFC Driver Kit............................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 2
Known Issues.................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 2
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 3
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 3
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 3
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 4
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 4
Installing the Utilities and the Application Helper Module......................................... 4
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 4
Procedure ................................................................................................... 5
Utilities Directory Structure.......................................................................... 5
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 6
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 6
Procedure ................................................................................................... 6
Installing the HBAnyware Security Configurator ................................................ 7
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 7
Procedure ................................................................................................... 7
Installing the HBAnyware Utility and the Application Helper Module
using the Upgrade Kernel Option ..................................................................... 7
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 7
Procedure ................................................................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 8
Uninstalling a Previous Application Helper Module
(Stand Alone Kit) ............................................................................................... 9
Uninstalling the Utilities ........................................................................................... 9
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 9
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch only...................................................... 10
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Utility and the Application Helper Module ........... 10
Configuration ........................................................................................11
Driver Configuration Methods using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf.......................................................................................... 11
Temporary Configuration Method .............................................................. 11
Persistent Configuration Method ............................................................... 11
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 12
For Installed LPFC Driver Kits................................................................... 12
For Distribution In-Box LPFC Drivers ........................................................ 13
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................. 13
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 14
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 14
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 17
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
HBAnyware User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.46
Size Manual
5.3Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.44
Size Driver
231Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.0.16.44-1.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Base driver and install script

1. System Requirements
1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement
1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Informational
3.1 Packaging Change Involving The Application Helper Module
3.1.1 Background
3.1.2 Observed Behavior
4. Known Issues
4.1 Uninstalling the Driver Kit on Boot-from-SAN Configurations
4.1.1 Observed problem
4.1.2 Resolution
4.2 Machine Check Exception
4.2.1 Observed problem
4.2.2 Workaround
4.3 Loading order of LPFC driver in initial ramdisk
4.3.1 Background
4.3.2 Observed Problem
4.3.3 Workaround
4.4 System panic while unloading the lpfc module
4.4.1 Background
4.4.2 Observed Problem
4.4.3 Resolution
4.5 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications
4.5.1 Observed problem
4.5.2 Workaround
4.6 Storage Array discovery issues in direct-attach configurations
4.6.1 Observed problem
4.6.2 Workaround

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 (Update 3 or higher)
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 (SP2 or higher)

1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement

For Red Hat Enterprise Linux installations, the kernel development
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC 8.0 driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.9-22.EL kernel would need the
kernel-devel-2.6.9-22.EL package, and a system with the
2.6.9-22.ELsmp kernel would need the kernel-smp-devel-2.6.9-22.EL
package.

1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement

For SuSE Linux Enterprise Server installations, the kernel-source
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC 8.0 driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.5-7.139-bigsmp kernel would need the
kernel-source-2.6.5-7.139 package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.44
Size Driver
176.6Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-4.0a38-8.0.16.44-1-2.tar
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.0a38, Application helper module 2.0.36-1 (176 MB tar file)
Note: This kit does not support the Intel Itanium2 architecture. For Intel Itanium2 architecture support, download the corresponding core (CLI) applications kit.

HB HBAnyware 4.0a38 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 4.0a38
SSC version 4.0a38
DFC Library version 80.206-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1
IOCTL Module version 2.0.36-1
Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.0.16.44 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Linux User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.44
Size Manual
1.1Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
HBAnyware User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.44
Size Manual
5.3Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Core Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.44
Size Driver
12.8Mb
File Name
elxlinuxcorekit-4.0a38-8.0.16.44-1-2.tgz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.0a38

HBAnyware CoreKit Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBACMD version 4.0a38
DFC Library version 80.206-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1


Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.0.16.44 or later
IOCTL Module 2.0.36-1

HBAnyware CoreKit requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.
Installing HBAnyware CoreKit:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the appropriate sub-directory associated to the
target machine architecture and OS distribution
5. su to root
6. type : rpm -Uhv *.rpm

7. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd listhbas
to run script utility
Uninstalling HBAnyware CoreKit

1. obtain current CoreKit RPM package name using query :
rpm -qa | grep elxlinux
2. erase core kit package returned in step 1 using RPM erase
(rpm -e xxxx) command
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Known Issues

A. The following issues apply to all Linux distributions

A.1. Virtual Connect backwards compatibility

A.1.1 Background
Starting with HBAnyware CoreKit version 3.2, Emulex provides support for LightPulse
adapters that are reprogrammed with WWPNs outside the typical Emulex range,
such as HP's upcoming Virtual Connect for Fibre Channel on the BladeSystem
c-Class platform.

A.1.2 Resolution
In such environments, HBAnyware CoreKit version 3.2 must be deployed across all
servers on the SAN, as well as any other management console used for
out-of-band management, so that all adapters appear in the discovery tree.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
HBAnyware Command Line User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.44
Size Manual
888Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware Command Line Version 4.0

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.40
Size Driver
227Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.0.16.40-2.tar.gz
Information
This driver version is also available in-box, and it is supported by the following Linux distributions:
RHEL 4.7
OEL 4.7
SLES 9 SP4 (driver update from Novell)
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Base driver and install script

1. System Requirements
1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement
1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Informational
3.1 Packaging Change Involving The Application Helper Module
3.1.1 Background
3.1.2 Observed Behavior
4. Known Issues
4.1 Uninstalling the Driver Kit on Boot-from-SAN Configurations
4.1.1 Observed problem
4.1.2 Resolution
4.2 Machine Check Exception
4.2.1 Observed problem
4.2.2 Workaround
4.3 Loading order of LPFC driver in initial ramdisk
4.3.1 Background
4.3.2 Observed Problem
4.3.3 Workaround
4.4 System panic while unloading the lpfc module
4.4.1 Background
4.4.2 Observed Problem
4.4.3 Resolution
4.5 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications
4.5.1 Observed problem
4.5.2 Workaround
4.6 Storage Array discovery issues in direct-attach configurations
4.6.1 Observed problem
4.6.2 Workaround

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 (Update 3 or higher)
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 (SP2 or higher)

1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement

For Red Hat Enterprise Linux installations, the kernel development
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC 8.0 driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.9-22.EL kernel would need the
kernel-devel-2.6.9-22.EL package, and a system with the
2.6.9-22.ELsmp kernel would need the kernel-smp-devel-2.6.9-22.EL
package.

1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement

For SuSE Linux Enterprise Server installations, the kernel-source
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC 8.0 driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.5-7.139-bigsmp kernel would need the
kernel-source-2.6.5-7.139 package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.40
Size Driver
196.5Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-3.4a16-8.0.16.40-1-2.tar
Information
This driver version is also available in-box, and it is supported by the following Linux distributions:
RHEL 4.7
OEL 4.7
SLES 9 SP4 (driver update from Novell)
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
This module is now packaged in the Applications kit provided above.

HBAnyware 3.4a16 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 3.4a16
SSC version 3.4a16
DFC Library version 80.164-8
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
Multipulse version 3.0.30
IOCTL module: 2.0.30_x1
Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.0.16.40 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Driver Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.40
Size Manual
1.1Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
This driver version is also available in-box, and it is supported by the following Linux distributions:
RHEL 4.7
OEL 4.7
SLES 9 SP4 (driver update from Novell)
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
HBAnyware Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.40
Size Manual
3.5Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
This driver version is also available in-box, and it is supported by the following Linux distributions:
RHEL 4.7
OEL 4.7
SLES 9 SP4 (driver update from Novell)
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware Utility User Manual

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Linux Offline Utility Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Utilities
1.0a17
Size Utilities
7.3Mb
File Name
linlpcfg-1.0a17.tgz
Information
Emulex driver version 8.2.0.29 (or later) for Linux Emulex driver version 8.0.16.44 (or later) for Linux
(7.36 MB tgz file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Linux Offline Utility, Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
1.0a17
Size Manual
491Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Emulex driver version 8.2.0.29 (or later) for Linux Emulex driver version 8.0.16.44 (or later) for Linux

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Linux Offline Utility Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Utilities
1.0a14
Size Utilities
2.8Mb
File Name
linlpcfg-1.0a14.tgz
Information
Emulex driver version 8.2.0.29 (or later) for Linux
Emulex driver version 8.0.16.44 (or later) for Linux
(2.89 MB tgz file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Linux Offline Utility, Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
1.0a14
Size Manual
491Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Emulex driver version 8.2.0.29 (or later) for Linux
Emulex driver version 8.0.16.44 (or later) for Linux

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Linux Offline Utility Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Utilities
1.0a11
Size Utilities
2.8Mb
File Name
linlpcfg-1.0a11.tgz
Information
Emulex driver version 8.2.0.29 (or later) for Linux
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Real-time Kernels
Version Driver
8.2.0.29
Size Driver
285Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.2.0.29-1.tar.gz
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux MRG v1.0 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)SUSE Linux Enterprise RT SP2 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Base driver and install script (288 KB gz file)

1. System Requirements
1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement
1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Known Issues
3.1 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications
3.1.1 Observed problem
3.1.2 Workaround
3.2 Deletion of Vports/PCI Hot Unplug
3.2.1 Observed Problem
3.2.2 Background
3.3 lspci utility displays "Unknown Device" for LPe12000 HBAs
3.3.1 Observed Problem
3.3.2 Background
3.4 Speed of LPe12000 HBA (8Gb) is incorrectly displayed by HBAnyware
3.4.1 Observed Problem
3.4.2 Background
3.5 Port disabled on system boot or HBA reset with authentication enabled
3.5.1 Observed Problem
3.5.2 Workaround
3.6 LILO Boot Loader is not supported - i386 and x86_64 architectures
3.6.1 Observed Problem
3.6.2 Background
3.7 Order of lpfc module in initrd module list
3.7.1 Observed Problem
3.7.2 Workaround
3.8 Devloss timeout after swapping ports
3.8.1 Observed Problem
3.8.2 Workaround
3.9 Suspend to disk and Resume support
3.9.1 Observed Problem
3.9.2 Background
3.10 Deleting vports while devices are in use
3.10.1 Observed Problem
3.10.2 Workaround

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 (SP1 or higher)

1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement

For Red Hat Enterprise Linux installations, the -devel package
which matches the kernel package with the same version as the
currently running kernel must be installed for the LPFC driver
build to succeed. For example, a system with the 2.6.18-7 kernel
would need the kernel-devel-2.6.18-7 package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Real-time Kernels
Version Driver
8.2.0.29
Size Driver
179.1Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-4.0a31-8.2.0.29-1-4.tar
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux MRG v1.0 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)SUSE Linux Enterprise RT SP2 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.0a31 (179 MB tar file)
Note: This kit does not support Intel Itanium2 architecture. For Intel Itanium2 architecture support, download the corresponding core (CLI) applications kit.

HBAnyware 4.0a31 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 4.0a31
SSC version 4.0a31
DFC Library version 3.0.25-1-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1
FCAUTHD version 1.17-1-1
Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.2.0.29 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Linux User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Real-time Kernels
Version Manual
8.2.0.29
Size Manual
1.6Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux MRG v1.0 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)SUSE Linux Enterprise RT SP2 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
HBAnyware User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Real-time Kernels
Version Manual
8.2.0.29
Size Manual
5.3Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux MRG v1.0 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)SUSE Linux Enterprise RT SP2 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Core Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Real-time Kernels
Version Driver
8.2.0.29
Size Driver
15.3Mb
File Name
elxlinuxcorekit-4.0a31-8.2.0.29-1-4.tgz
Information
Red Hat Enterprise MRG v1.0 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)SUSE Linux Enterprise RT SP2 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)

HBAnyware CoreKit Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBACMD version 4.0a31
DFC Library version 3.0.25_x2-1-2
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1
Fcauth version 1.17-1-1

Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.2.0.29 or later


HBAnyware CoreKit requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.
Installing HBAnyware CoreKit:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the appropriate sub-directory associated to the
target machine architecture and OS distribution
5. su to root
6. type : rpm -Uhv *.rpm

7. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd listhbas
to run script utility
Uninstalling HBAnyware CoreKit

1. obtain current CoreKit RPM package name using query :
rpm -qa | grep elxlinux
2. erase core kit package returned in step 1 using RPM erase
(rpm -e xxxx) command
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Known Issues

A. The following issues apply to all Linux distributions

A.1. Virtual Connect backwards compatibility

A.1.1 Background
Starting with HBAnyware CoreKit version 3.2, Emulex provides support for LightPulse
adapters that are reprogrammed with WWPNs outside the typical Emulex range,
such as HP's upcoming Virtual Connect for Fibre Channel on the BladeSystem
c-Class platform.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
HBAnyware Command Line User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Real-time Kernels
Version Manual
8.2.0.29
Size Manual
888Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise MRG v1.0 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)SUSE Linux Enterprise RT SP2 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.0a31 (15.3 MB tar file)
HBAnyware Command Line Version 4.0

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Troubleshooting and Maintenance Manual
Operating Systems
Manual
Size Manual
649Kb
File Name
troubleshooting.pdf
Information
for Emulex OneConnect and LightPulse Adapters Overview................................................................................................................ 1
Be Informed, Stay Informed, Stay Current 1
The Importance of Compatibility, Driver Updates and Firmware Updates 1
Driver Updates........................................................................................... 1
Firmware Updates...................................................................................... 2
Emulex Configuration Parameters 3
How Emulex Device Driver Configuration Parameters Work...................... 3
Emulex Applications 3
Troubleshooting...................................................................................................... 4
Observing the Problem 4
Isolating the Problem 4
SAN Components...................................................................................... 4
Server Components................................................................................... 5
Checklists 6
Connectivity Checklist................................................................................ 6
Installation Checklist.................................................................................. 7
Upgrade Checklist...................................................................................... 8
Configuration Checklist.............................................................................. 8
Tools to Collect Data 9
Driver Tools - Event Logging...................................................................... 9
The OneCommand Manager and HBAnyware Applications....................... 9
Other Ways to Collect Data...................................................................... 10
Common Problems 10
Hardware Issues...................................................................................... 10
Link Down................................................................................................ 10
Cannot See Devices or Drives................................................................. 11
Out-of-Date Driver Version....................................................................... 12
Out-of-Date Firmware Version.................................................................. 12
OneConnect and LightPulse LP21000 Adapters 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Checklist....................................................... 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Symptoms..................................................... 13
When to Contact Emulex...................................................................................... 14
Emulex Web Site and Emulex Support................................................................. 15
Emulex Support Page 15
Contact Emulex After Hours, Weekends or Holidays............................... 17
LED Reference Information.................................................................................. 18
Firmware Operation and Port Activity LEDs 18
Common LED States 18
Normal Link Up........................................................................................ 18
Link-Down or adapter waiting................................................................... 19
Heart-beat indication................................................................................ 19
OneConnect CNA LEDs........................................................................... 19
LP21000 LEDs......................................................................................... 19
LED Table................................................................................................ 21

Driver Updates
To update your driver, download the latest Emulex driver and utilities from the Emulex Web site. From
the main Emulex Web site, click Downloads, click your vendor and then click the link for your operating
system (OS).
Drivers for Windows
• The drivers for Windows include support for Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008,
Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000 Server and Windows NT (No future versions of drivers for
Windows 2000 Server or Windows NT are planned.)
•The driver kit download includes the base driver and the OneCommand Manager application.
•If you are running Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 Server, the driver kit download includes AutoPilot Installer®, which enables you to quickly install or update drivers and utilities and configure adapters, drivers and utilities.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Installation Manual
Operating Systems
Manual
Size Manual
2.3Mb
File Name
lpe11004.pdf
Information
Bus Type PCI Express
Max Bus Speed 2.5 Gb/s lane (x4)
Product Type HBA Introduction..................................................................................................................................................1
Major Features...............................................................................................................................1
Compatibility...................................................................................................................................1
Prerequisites...................................................................................................................................1
Setting the Jumpers.....................................................................................................................................1
Installing the Host Bus Adapter....................................................................................................................2
Attaching Media...........................................................................................................................................4
Applying Power............................................................................................................................................5
Viewing the LEDs...........................................................................................................................5
POST Conditions and Results.........................................................................................................5
References..................................................................................................................................................7
Specifications.................................................................................................................................7
FCC and Regulatory Notices...........................................................................................................8
Declaration of Conformity................................................................................................................9
Laser Safety Notice.......................................................................................................................11

Introduction
The Emulex® LPe11004 host bus adapter (HBA) is a four-channel, 4.25 gigabit per second (Gb/
s), Fibre Channel (FC) Peripheral Component Interconnect Express (PCIe) HBA. The core technology
of this HBA is the eighth generation FC controller by Emulex. The controller incorporates
a multifunction native PCIe core compliant to the PCIe Base Specification 1.0a and PCI Express
CEM Specification 1.0a. The HBA supports packet transfers up to 2048 bytes on the PCIe link
with support for x1, x4 or x8 lane link interface at 2.5 Gbit/s (auto-negotiated with system). The
physical PCIe connector supported is x8. The four independent, fully featured FC ports are compliant
to various American National Standards Institute (ANSI) FC standards. The product is targeted
at FC storage networking environments that require the highest degrees of robustness,
performance and ease of management.
Major Features
• Multifunction PCIe device with four fully independent FC ports
• Auto-negotiation between 1-Gb, 2-Gb or 4-Gb link attachments
• Full support for all FC topologies including point-to-point, arbitrated loop and fabric
• The LPe11004 HBA provides four embedded short wave optical (LC) connections with link
diagnostics capability.
• Parts and construction compliant to the European Union Directive of Restriction of Hazardous
Substances (RoHS).

Prerequisites
• PCI-Express 1.0a compliant systems: x1, x4 or x8 lane link interface at 2.5 Gb/s (auto-negotiated
with system).
• 3.3-V and 12-V power from PCIe slot is required for operation

Setting the Jumpers

Caution: Emulex LightPulse® HBAs contain electronic components that can be damaged by static electricity through an electrostatic discharge (ESD) event. To prevent ESD damage, maintain constant contact with any grounded metal surface. A grounding wrist strap is useful for this purpose. Handle the card carefully at all times and preferably by the edges. Avoid touching electronic components and keep the card in the original packaging until you are ready for installation.

The device ID jumpers are used in custom applications. Do not change the jumper settings for a
standard Emulex installation. The host adapter has four six-post jumper blocks, one jumper block
for each port, that control the host adapter's device ID. The ID is selected by installing a jumper
between posts 1 and 2, or 3 and 4, or 5 and 6. If no jumper is installed, the default device ID is
1AE5. Port 0 is the top transceiver, and port 1 is the bottom transceiver.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Troubleshooting Manual
Operating Systems
Manual
Size Manual
649Kb
File Name
troubleshooting.pdf
Information
Bus Type PCI Express
Max Bus Speed 2.5 Gb/s lane (x4)
Product Type HBA Overview................................................................................................................ 1
Be Informed, Stay Informed, Stay Current 1
The Importance of Compatibility, Driver Updates and Firmware Updates 1
Driver Updates........................................................................................... 1
Firmware Updates...................................................................................... 2
Emulex Configuration Parameters 3
How Emulex Device Driver Configuration Parameters Work...................... 3
Emulex Applications 3
Troubleshooting...................................................................................................... 4
Observing the Problem 4
Isolating the Problem 4
SAN Components...................................................................................... 4
Server Components................................................................................... 5
Checklists 6
Connectivity Checklist................................................................................ 6
Installation Checklist.................................................................................. 7
Upgrade Checklist...................................................................................... 8
Configuration Checklist.............................................................................. 8
Tools to Collect Data 9
Driver Tools - Event Logging...................................................................... 9
The OneCommand Manager and HBAnyware Applications....................... 9
Other Ways to Collect Data...................................................................... 10
Common Problems 10
Hardware Issues...................................................................................... 10
Link Down................................................................................................ 10
Cannot See Devices or Drives................................................................. 11
Out-of-Date Driver Version....................................................................... 12
Out-of-Date Firmware Version.................................................................. 12
OneConnect and LightPulse LP21000 Adapters 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Checklist....................................................... 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Symptoms..................................................... 13
When to Contact Emulex...................................................................................... 14
Emulex Web Site and Emulex Support................................................................. 15
Emulex Support Page 15
Contact Emulex After Hours, Weekends or Holidays............................... 17
LED Reference Information.................................................................................. 18
Firmware Operation and Port Activity LEDs 18
Common LED States 18
Normal Link Up........................................................................................ 18
Link-Down or adapter waiting................................................................... 19
Heart-beat indication................................................................................ 19
OneConnect CNA LEDs........................................................................... 19
LP21000 LEDs......................................................................................... 19
LED Table................................................................................................ 21

Driver Updates
To update your driver, download the latest Emulex driver and utilities from the Emulex Web site. From
the main Emulex Web site, click Downloads, click your vendor and then click the link for your operating
system (OS).
Drivers for Windows
• The drivers for Windows include support for Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008,
Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000 Server and Windows NT (No future versions of drivers for
Windows 2000 Server or Windows NT are planned.)
•The driver kit download includes the base driver and the OneCommand Manager application.
•If you are running Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 Server, the driver kit download includes AutoPilot Installer®, which enables you to quickly install or update drivers and utilities and configure adapters, drivers and utilities.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
User Manual for Windows 2003-2008-2008 R2
Operating Systems
Manual
Version Manual
FC and FCoE (driver version 2.30.016)
Size Manual
2.4Mb
File Name
windows_drivers.pdf
Information
This driver supports FCoE, iSCSI and Ethernet adapters as well as FC adapters.
Qualification:
Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport MiniPort driver is used with an FCoE CNA, the driver is considered "unclassified" by Microsoft. In both cases, the Storport Miniport drivers are digitally signed by Microsoft and will be recognized by Windows Sever 2003, Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2.
Note
On FC and FCoE adapters, for Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
Tested Architectures:
x86
x64
IA64 (FC only)
User manual for Emulex drivers for Windows Server 2003, Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Important Considerations......................................................................................... 2
New in This Release ......................................................................................... 2
Minimum Software Requirements...................................................................... 2
Changing Driver Types...................................................................................... 2
Storport Miniport Driver Information ......................................................................... 2
FC and FCoE Driver .......................................................................................... 2
iSCSI Driver ...................................................................................................... 3
NDIS Miniport Ethernet (NIC) Driver.................................................................. 3
Driver Kit Installer Overview .................................................................................... 4
Files Installed by the Driver Kit Installer............................................................. 4
AutoPilot Installer Overview..................................................................................... 5
AutoPilot Installer Features ............................................................................... 5
Text-Only Installation ......................................................................................... 5
Installing the Driver Kit............................................................................................. 6
Starting Installers from a Command Prompt or Script .............................................. 6
Running a Software Installation Interactively ........................................................... 6
Hardware-First Installation or Driver and Utility Update ..................................... 8
Software-First Installation ................................................................................ 10
Utility-Only Update .......................................................................................... 10
Diagnostics...................................................................................................... 12
Performing an Unattended Installation................................................................... 12
Driver Kit Installer Command Line Parameters ...................................................... 13
Configuring an AutoPilot Installer Kit ..................................................................... 14
AutoPilot Installer Command Line Parameters ................................................ 15
Command Line Parameter Settings .......................................................... 15
Configuration File Location ....................................................................... 16
Software Configuration Parameters .......................................................... 17
AutoPilot Configuration File ............................................................................. 20
Configuration Identification [AUTOPILOT.ID]............................................. 21
Software Configuration [AUTOPILOT.CONFIG] ........................................ 21
Configuration Prompts/Vendor-Specific Questions
[STORPORT.CONFIGURATION] .............................................................. 21
QFE Checks [STORPORT.QFES] ............................................................. 23
Setting Up FC Driver Parameters [STORPORT.PARAMS] ........................ 23
Setting Up System Parameters [SYSTEM.PARAMS]................................ 23
AutoPilot Installer Exit Codes .......................................................................... 24
AutoPilot Installer Installation Reports....................................................... 25
Command Script Example......................................................................... 25
Manual Installation and Updating Procedures ....................................................... 27
Manually Installing or Updating the Emulex Protocol Drivers .......................... 27
Installing the Emulex PLUS (ElxPlus) Driver for the First Time ................. 27
Updating the Emulex PLUS (ElxPlus) Driver ............................................. 28
Installing or Updating the FC Storport Miniport Driver ............................... 28
Installing or Updating the iSCSI Driver ...................................................... 29
Installing or Updating the NIC Driver ......................................................... 30
Installing the Driver Utilities ............................................................................. 31
OneCommand Manager Application Web Launch Procedures .............................. 31
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Utilities
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Utilities
2.40s (SPARC)
Size Utilities
30.2Mb
File Name
solaris-4.1a37-1.03h-1a.tar
Information
SPARC Dynamic Reconfiguration is not supported on LPe12004, LPe11004, LP1000ExDC, LP9802DC and LP9002DC HBAs.
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
HBAnyware version 4.1a37, emlxadm version 1.03h and emlxdrv version 1.00m for SPARC

HBAnyware 4.1a37 Solaris Installation Instructions

Dependencies:

SUNWemlxs driver 2.40 or later (provided by Sun)
EMLXemlxu utility package 1.03h or later (included with the applications kit)

Java Runtime Environment

Version 1.5 or later of the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) must be installed. HBAnyware will not run
under earlier versions.

The JRE and instructions for installation can be found at http://java.com.

JAVA NOTE:
HBAnyware needs the java runtime binaries and libraries, so their path needs to be added to the beginning of
the PATH environment variable. For example, if your java runtime binaries are in /usr/java/bin, then include
this path in your PATH environment variable. (bash> export PATH="/usr/java/bin:$PATH")

The HBAnyware, HBAnywareSSC and HbaCmd target OS versions are Solaris 5.10 and 5.11.

HBAnyware is dependent on the SUNWemlxs driver package and the EMLXemlxu utilities package being installed.
Please ensure that these packages are installed before installing HBAnyware.
HBAnyware Installation Instructions
-----------------------------------
1. Run the pkgrm routine to remove any previous version of HBAnyware: pkgrm HBAnyware
2. Unzip the file: gunzip HBAnyware-4.1a37-i386.tar.gz
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf HBAnyware-4.1a37-i386.tar
4. Run the pkgadd utility: pkgadd -d .
5. When prompted by pkgadd, choose to install HBAnyware
6. When prompted by pkgadd, answer the HBAnyware installation option questions
Running the HBAnyware GUI
-------------------------
1. su to root
2. Run the script /opt/HBAnyware/hbanyware
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Sample Migration Scripts
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Driver
2.40s (SPARC)
Size Driver
103Kb
File Name
leadville_migrate_1.0a6.tar
Information
SPARC Dynamic Reconfiguration is not supported on LPe12004, LPe11004, LP1000ExDC, LP9802DC and LP9002DC HBAs.
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
These unsupported sample script files can help you migrate from the Solaris lpfc driver to the Solaris SFS driver. You can customize these scripts and run them to automate the migration process.

Solaris Instructions for Migration of Emulex Host Bus Adapters to Leadville Stack

Prerequisites:

1. Solaris packages SUNWemlx, lpfc, and HBAnyware must be installed on the machine.
2. all candidate migration candidate adapters must have fcode version 1.50a4 or later

Note:
Scripts unable to migrate machines with Emulex adapter as boot device for that machine.

Migration Steps:

1. run ./start_emlxs_migration.sh script
2. after script has finished successfully, reboot system as requested
3. run ./finish_emlxs_migration.sh script
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Release Notes for the Driver and FCA Utilities
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Driver
2.40s (SPARC)
Size Driver
32Kb
File Name
driver_release_notes.pdf
Information
Note SPARC Dynamic Reconfiguration is not supported on LPe12004, LPe11004, LP1000ExDC, LP9802DC and LP9002DC HBAs.
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
New features, fixed issues and known issues in the driver and FCA utilities

Release Notes
Date: March 2009 Product: Driver for Linux Version: 8.2.8.14 This document describes the new features, resolved known issues and current known issues associated with this driver build release. For the latest product documentation, go to www.Emulex.com. If you have any questions or require additional information, contact an authorized Emulex Corporation technical support representative.
New Features Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
1. Supports the LP21000 and LP21002 FCoE adapters. (10 Gb/s capable) 2. Supports the LPe1250, LPe1252, LPe12000 and LPe12002 adapters. (2, 4 and 8 Gb/s capable) 3. Supports the latest HBAnyware utility version 4.1 as part of the master kit. Refer to the HBAnyware Utility User Manual for more information. 4. Supports SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 11. (Intel x86, Intel Itanium2, Intel EM64T, AMD64, and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) 5. Adds interfaces via the sysfs file system to update speed and topology parameters without requiring link bounce. 6. Supports Power Management Suspend/Resume operations. 7.
Resolved Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
Supports MSI-X interrupt handling.
Known Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
There are no resolved issues in this driver version.
1. PCI Hot Plug may cause applications to malfunction Performing a PCI Hot Plug may cause the HBAnyware utilities or third party applications that use the Emulex libraries (i.e. HBAAPI) to behave unpredictably or malfunction. Workaround: 1. Stop all applications that are accessing LPFC's HBAAPI interface (HBAnyware utilities or third party applications) before performing PCI Hot Plug of an LPFC HBA. Use the following command to stop the HBAnyware application: #/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware 2. Perform the PCI Hot Plug of the HBA. 3. Restart the application.
2. Deleting virtual ports or performing a PCI Hot Unplug may result in SCSI errors When you delete a virtual port via the sysfs interface or perform a PCI Hot Unplug of an Emulex HBA, the kernel may report one of the following errors: kernel: Synchronizing SCSI cache for disk kernel: FAILED or SCSI error: return code = 0x00010000. Workaround: These messages do not indicate a functional failure and can be ignored. 3. LILO is not Supported The LILO Boot Loader on i386 and x86_64 architectures is not supported for this driver stream. If the LILO boot loader is used, after the LPFC driver package is installed and upon reboot, an incorrect initial ramdisk is used. The system may not boot correctly. Workaround: Use the GRUB boot loader. This is the default boot loader for most of the Linux distributions. 4. Issue with the LPFC module order in the INITRD_MODULES list. On the SLES10 SP1 system, if another SCSI driver such as aic79xx, is loaded right after the LPFC driver through the initrd image, an interruption might occur in the SCSI mid-layer discovery process on the LUNs connected to LPFC’s Fibre Channel. This interruption can prevent the release of the SCSI discovery reference count and the LPFC driver cannot unload. Workaround: Do not add SCSI drivers right after the LPFC module in the INITRD_MODULES list. 5. The LPFC driver may not finish discovery when two initiator ports are swapped. This causes all devices accessible through one or both of these initiator ports to time out and all I/O to fail. Workaround: Do one of the following:
• When swapping cables replace each cable, one at a time, and allow for discovery to complete before replacing the next cable. To determine if discovery is complete read the "state" sysfs parameter.
• When swapping cables, allow devloss timeout to fire before replacing the cables. (This fails all outstanding I/O.)
6. Deleted virtual ports may appear to be mounted, but are inaccessible. While Emulex provides management utilities to enable you to delete virtual ports, the LPFC driver cannot detect whether devices accessed through a virtual port are in use. You can delete a virtual port even when devices accessible through the virtual port are mounted or when I/O is outstanding to the device. If file systems are mounted on a virtual port and that virtual port is deleted, the file systems still appear to be mounted but are not be accessible. Workaround: Before deleting virtual ports, prepare the system affected by unmounting all the devices accessible through the virtual ports, and verifying that there is no outstanding I/O. 7. 4 Gb/s HBAs in virtualized environments that use Direct I/O or SFPT do not Initialize. Default driver configuration fails to initialize 4 Gb/s HBAs in virtualized environments that use Direct I/O or SFPT(Storage Fixed Pass through) .This may result in a system hang or uninitialized LPFC HBA in Intel VT-d and AMD-V IOMMU systems.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Release Notes for HBAnyware
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Driver
2.40s (SPARC)
Size Driver
70Kb
File Name
solaris_release_notes.pdf
Information
SPARC Dynamic Reconfiguration is not supported on LPe12004, LPe11004, LP1000ExDC, LP9802DC and LP9002DC HBAs.
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
New features, fixed issues and known issues in the HBAnyware utility

Release Notes
Date: October 2009
Product: HBAnyware® Utility and the SFS FCA Driver (Solaris Leadville Driver)
Version: 4.1
This document describes the new features, resolved issues and known issues associated with this utility build
release. For the latest product documentation, go to www.emulex.com. If you have any questions or require
additional information, contact an authorized Emulex Technical Support representative.
New Features in HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1
1. Designed for adapter FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP), subject to subsequent industry testing.
2. Virtual port and virtual machine mapping information is displayed.
New Resolved Issues in HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1
1. The HBAnyware utility no longer crashes or aborts when attempting to view a large LUN
configuration.
2. LUNs greater than 127 are now counted correctly. Previously, LUNs up to 255 could be
configured, but only LUNS 129 – 240 were displayed.
Known Issues in HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1
1. On LPe12000 adapters, volatile WWN changes may not be supported.
Workaround: Update firmware; see the Emulex Web site for more information.
Caution: Verify the version of OEM firmware to use based on OEM qualifications and support.
2. On LP21000 and LP21002 adapters, FIP mode may need to be disabled to bring a link up.
If you have upgraded to the new CEE firmware that supports FIP and connect the port to a switch with
firmware that does not support FIP, the port’s link will be down. If you plug a loopback plug into an
adapter port with FIP disabled, the link will be down.
Workaround: Disable FIP mode on the adapter port.
3. Not all adapters may appear in the discovery-tree.
Although the HBAnyware utility provides support for LightPulse adapters that are reprogrammed with
WWPNs outside the typical Emulex range, not all adapters appear in the discovery-tree.
Workaround: The HBAnyware utility must be deployed across all servers on the SAN, as well as any
other management console used for out-of-band management, so that all adapters appear in the
discovery-tree.
4. Multiport adapter models are represented in the HBAnyware utility discovery-tree as
multiple adapters with a single port icon.
For older mulitport HBA models, the HBAnyware utility displays each port under individual adapter icons
in the discovery-tree. Newer multiport HBA models (LP9802 or later) are represented by a single adapter
icon that branches out to multiple port icons.
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.
5. NPIV setting is volatile if enabled through the Host Driver Parameters tab
If you enable the NPIV Driver Parameter through the Host Driver Parameters tab for a host with LP21000
or LP21002 adapters, this parameter will not be enabled after a reboot.
Workaround: Enable NPIV through the port driver parameters tab for each of the HBA ports. To enable
the NPIV parameter for LP21000 & LP21002 adapters:
1. From the discovery-tree, select a port.
2. Select the Driver Parameters tab.
3. Highlight enable-npiv.
4. Select Enabled.
5. Click Reset HBA Port to reset the HBA.
6. When prompted, click Yes to continue.
6. The Virtual Ports tab may report erroneous NPIV Information.
When the enable-NPIV driver parameter is disabled, the Virtual Ports tab may erroneously report, “The
fabric switch does not support virtual ports” whether the switch supports NPIV or not.
Workaround: To accurately determine if the switch supports NPIV, either:
Enable the enable-NPIV driver parameter using the HBAnyware utility. To enable the enable-NPIV
parameter:
1. Select your host from the discovery tree.
2. Select the Host Driver Parameters tab.
3. Highlight enable-npiv.
4. Select Enabled.
5. From the discovery-tree, select a port that is connected to the switch.
6. Click Reset HBA Port to reset the HBA.
7. When prompted, click Yes to continue.
When the enable-npiv or EnableNPIV parameter is enabled, the message, “The fabric switch does not
support virtual ports” appears only if the switch actually does not support NPIV.
Or
Refer to your switch documentation or manufacturer to determine if the switch supports NPIV.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Driver Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Manual
2.40s (SPARC)
Size Manual
1.3Mb
File Name
solarissfs.pdf
Information
SPARC Dynamic Reconfiguration is not supported on LPe12004, LPe11004, LP1000ExDC, LP9802DC and LP9002DC HBAs.
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
Instructions for using the sample migration scripts, as well as instructions for migrating from the LPFC driver to the SFS driver

Introduction................................................................................................................... 1
Fibre Channel Overview .................................................................................... 1
The Solaris Fibre Channel Stack ....................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 3
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Solaris SFS FCA (emlxs) Driver ......................................................... 4
Downloading and Installing the Driver for Solaris 10 and OpenSolaris
(SPARC, x64 and x86) ...................................................................................... 4
Utilities..................................................................................................................... 4
The HBAnyware Utility ................................................................................ 4
The emlxadm Utility..................................................................................... 5
The emlxdrv Utility ...................................................................................... 5
Installing the FCA Utilities and the HBAnyware Utility ....................................... 5
Installing or Updating the FCA Utilities Using the emlxu_install Script ........ 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility, Web Launch and Security Configurator.... 7
Installing the HBAnyware Utility .................................................................. 7
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch ...................................... 8
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ................................ 9
Installing or Updating the Utilities Package Manually .................................. 9
Removing the Utilities Using the emlxu_remove Script ............................. 10
Removing the Utilities Package Manually ................................................. 11
Configuration and Migration......................................................................................... 12
Introduction............................................................................................................ 12
Changing Driver Properties Using the emlxs.conf File........................................... 12
Enabling NPIV Support on Solaris 10.............................................................. 12
Enabling NPIV Support on OpenSolaris .......................................................... 13
NPIV Configuration Limits ......................................................................... 13
NPIV and OS Virtualization ....................................................................... 13
Using VPorts with Logical Domains, Containers and xVM......................... 14
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 14
DHCHAP Authentication Driver Properties ...................................................... 15
Configuring Target Mode Support for OpenSolaris ................................................ 15
Emulex SFS FCA Driver Properties ....................................................................... 15
The Configuration File (emlxs.conf) .......................................................... 15
Migrating from the Solaris LPFC Driver to the Solaris emlxs Driver....................... 22
Operational Behaviors of the emlxs Driver ...................................................... 22
Use Cases....................................................................................................... 22
Sample Script File Details ............................................................................... 23
start_emlxs_migration.sh ......................................................................... 23
finish_emlxs_migration.sh......................................................................... 24
Migrating a Configuration without FC Boot ...................................................... 24
Migrating Automatically ............................................................................. 24
Prerequisites ............................................................................................. 24
Procedures................................................................................................ 25
Migrating a Configuration with FC Boot ........................................................... 27
Prerequisite............................................................................................... 27
Procedure ................................................................................................. 27
Solaris emlxs and Solaris LPFC Driver Properties Cross-Reference Table ..... 30
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
HBAnyware User Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Manual
2.40s (SPARC)
Size Manual
4.6Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
SPARC Dynamic Reconfiguration is not supported on LPe12004, LPe11004, LP1000ExDC, LP9802DC and LP9002DC HBAs.
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
FCA Utilities Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Manual
2.40s (SPARC)
Size Manual
808Kb
File Name
sfs_utilities.pdf
Information
SPARC Dynamic Reconfiguration is not supported on LPe12004, LPe11004, LP1000ExDC, LP9802DC and LP9002DC HBAs.
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
Instructions for using the FCA utilities

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Fibre Channel Overview .................................................................................... 1
The Solaris Fibre Channel Stack ....................................................................... 1
Installing the Utilities................................................................................................ 3
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 3
Installing or Updating the Utilities Using the emlxu_install Script....................... 4
Removing the Utilities Using the emlxu_remove Script ..................................... 5
Installing the Utilities Package Manually............................................................ 6
Removing the Utilities Package Manually.......................................................... 7
Updating the Utilities Package Manually ........................................................... 7
Using the emlxadm Utility ........................................................................................ 8
Modes of Operation (emlxadm) ......................................................................... 8
Interactive Mode (emlxadm)........................................................................ 8
CLI Mode (emlxadm)................................................................................... 9
Command Descriptions (emlxadm) ................................................................. 11
Command Usage ...................................................................................... 14
Using the emlxdrv Utility ........................................................................................ 30
Modes of Operation (emlxdrv) ......................................................................... 30
Interactive Mode (emlxdrv)........................................................................ 30
CLI Mode (emlxdrv)................................................................................... 32
Command Descriptions (emlxdrv) ................................................................... 33
Command Usage ...................................................................................... 33
This document provides the information needed to use the Emulex® emlxadm and elmxdrv utility
programs. For system administrators, this document includes information about the installation and
removal of these utilities.
At the very least, system administrators should be familiar with Solaris and the Sun StorEdge SAN
Foundation Software (SFS) and should have access to standard system documentation. Anyone
working with this product should have some familiarity with the nature and use of Fibre Channel.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Boot Code Documentation
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Driver
2.40s (SPARC)
Size Driver
4.9Mb
File Name
bootcode.pdf
Information
Note SPARC Dynamic Reconfiguration is not supported on LPe12004, LPe11004, LP1000ExDC, LP9802DC and LP9002DC HBAs.
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
Describes how to configure an HBA to boot from SAN Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Emulex Boot Code Files....................................................................................1
Boot from SAN.........................................................................................................2
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003.............................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (x86 and x64)..........................................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (Itanium)..................................................................3
New Installation of Windows 2008 UEFI- Aware Operating System
on a UEFI-based x64 Server.................................................................3
Direct a UEFI-Based Server to a Windows Server 2008 OS Image (Installed as UEFI-Aware) Already Installed on the SAN.......................4
The GUID Partition Table......................................................................4
Install Windows Server 2008 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, x64 and Itanium)...5
Install Windows Server 2003 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, and x64
and Itanium)................................................................................................6
Linux and VMware.............................................................................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux or VMware (x86 and x64).....................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (PowerPC)...........................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (Itanium)..............................................7
Solaris...............................................................................................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (x86 and x64)............................8
Determine LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN.......................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (SPARC)....................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris LPFC (SPARC)..................................9
Install Solaris from a Network Image..................................................10
Install Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk.............11
Install, Update and Enable Boot Code...................................................................14
BIOS Utility............................................................................................................15
Start the BIOS Utility.................................................................................15
Enable an Adapter to Boot from SAN........................................................17
Configure Boot Devices...................................................................................17
Configure Adapter Parameters........................................................................21
Change the Default AL_PA (Arbitrated Loop Physical Address)................22
Change the PLOGI Retry Timer................................................................23
Change Topology......................................................................................24
Enable or Disable the Spinup Delay..........................................................25
Set Auto Scan...........................................................................................26
Enable or Disable EDD 3.0.......................................................................27
Enable or Disable the Start Unit Command...............................................28
Enable or Disable the Environment Variable.............................................29
Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector..........................................................30
Change Link Speed...................................................................................31
Reset to Default Values.............................................................................32
Use Multi-Path Boot from SAN..................................................................33
OpenBoot..............................................................................................................34
Attribute Commands.................................................................................34
Functional Commands..............................................................................35
EFIBoot.................................................................................................................37
Install the EFI Utility..................................................................................37
Start the EFI Utility....................................................................................38
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Utilities
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Utilities
2.31p (SPARC)
Size Utilities
21.8Mb
File Name
solaris-4.0a33-1.02k-1a.tar
Information
The Solaris 10 FCA Utilities kit below is intended for use with systems NOT running EMC's PowerPath application. It contains support for Emulex NPIV Virtual HBA Architecture, and NPIV can not coexist with PowerPath on Solaris based systems. Also Note: Part of the utility package includes an emlxu_remove script. If you run this script, it will invoke a Sun utility that asks "do you want to continue". Since emlxu_remove can not communicate with the Sun owned utility, a "no" answer is ignored.
HBAnyware version 4.0a33, emlxadm version 1.02k for x64 and x86

HBAnyware 4.0a33 Solaris Installation Instructions

Dependencies:

SUNWemlxs driver 2.31 or later (provided by Sun)
EMLXemlxu utility package 1.02k or later (included with the applications kit)

Java Runtime Environment

Version 1.5 or later of the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) must be installed. HBAnyware will not run

The HBAnyware, HBAnywareSSC and HbaCmd target OS version is Solaris 5.10.

The JRE and instructions for installation can be found at http://java.com.

JAVA NOTE:
HBAnyware needs the java runtime binaries and libraries, so their path needs to be added to the beginning of
the PATH environment variable. For example, if your java runtime binaries are in /usr/java/bin, then include
this path in your PATH environment variable. (bash> export PATH="/usr/java/bin:$PATH")


HBAnyware is dependent on the SUNWemlxs driver package and the EMLXemlxu utilities package being installed.
Please ensure that these packages are installed before installing HBAnyware.
HBAnyware Installation Instructions
-----------------------------------
1. Run the pkgrm routine to remove any previous version of HBAnyware: pkgrm HBAnyware
2. Unzip the file: gunzip HBAnyware-4.0a33-i386.tar.gz
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf HBAnyware-4.0a33-i386.tar
4. Run the pkgadd utility: pkgadd -d .
5. When prompted by pkgadd, choose to install HBAnyware
6. When prompted by pkgadd, answer the HBAnyware installation option questions
Running the HBAnyware GUI
-------------------------
1. su to root
2. Run the script /opt/HBAnyware/hbanyware
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Sample Migration Scripts
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Driver
2.31p (SPARC)
Size Driver
103Kb
File Name
leadville_migrate_1.0a6.tar
Information
SPARC Dynamic Reconfiguration is not supported on LPe12004, LPe11004, LP1000ExDC, LP9802DC and LP9002DC HBAs.
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
These unsupported sample script files can help you migrate from the Solaris lpfc driver to the Solaris SFS driver. You can customize these scripts and run them to automate the migration process.

Solaris Instructions for Migration of Emulex Host Bus Adapters to Leadville Stack

Prerequisites:

1. Solaris packages SUNWemlx, lpfc, and HBAnyware must be installed on the machine.
2. all candidate migration candidate adapters must have fcode version 1.50a4 or later

Note:
Scripts unable to migrate machines with Emulex adapter as boot device for that machine.

Migration Steps:

1. run ./start_emlxs_migration.sh script
2. after script has finished successfully, reboot system as requested
3. run ./finish_emlxs_migration.sh script
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Driver Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Manual
2.31p (SPARC)
Size Manual
1.3Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
Instructions for using the sample migration scripts, as well as instructions for migrating from the LPFC driver to the SFS driver

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
HBAnyware User Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Manual
2.31p (SPARC)
Size Manual
5.3Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
SPARC Dynamic Reconfiguration is not supported on LPe12004, LPe11004, LP1000ExDC, LP9802DC and LP9002DC HBAs.
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
FCA Utilities Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Manual
2.31p (SPARC)
Size Manual
876Kb
File Name
sfs_utilities.pdf
Information
SPARC Dynamic Reconfiguration is not supported on LPe12004, LPe11004, LP1000ExDC, LP9802DC and LP9002DC HBAs.
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
Instructions for using the FCA utilities

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Fibre Channel Overview .................................................................................... 1
The Solaris Fibre Channel Stack ....................................................................... 1
Installing the Utilities................................................................................................ 3
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 3
Installing or Updating the Utilities Using the emlxu_install Script....................... 4
Removing the Utilities Using the emlxu_remove Script ..................................... 5
Installing the Utilities Package Manually............................................................ 6
Removing the Utilities Package Manually.......................................................... 7
Updating the Utilities Package Manually ........................................................... 7
Using the emlxadm Utility ........................................................................................ 8
Modes of Operation (emlxadm) ......................................................................... 8
Interactive Mode (emlxadm)........................................................................ 8
CLI Mode (emlxadm)................................................................................... 9
Command Descriptions (emlxadm) ................................................................. 11
Using the emlxdrv Utility ........................................................................................ 31
Modes of Operation (emlxdrv) ......................................................................... 31
Interactive Mode (emlxdrv)........................................................................ 31
CLI Mode (emlxdrv)................................................................................... 33
Command Descriptions (emlxdrv) ................................................................... 33

This document provides the information needed to use the Emulex® emlxadm and elmxdrv utility
programs. For system administrators, this document includes information about the installation and
removal of these utilities.
At the very least, system administrators should be familiar with Solaris and the Sun StorEdge SAN
Foundation Software (SFS) and should have access to standard system documentation. Anyone
working with this product should have some familiarity with the nature and use of Fibre Channel.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Boot Code Documentation
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Driver
2.31p (SPARC)
Size Driver
4.9Mb
File Name
bootcode.pdf
Information
Note SPARC Dynamic Reconfiguration is not supported on LPe12004, LPe11004, LP1000ExDC, LP9802DC and LP9002DC HBAs.
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
Describes how to configure an HBA to boot from SAN Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Emulex Boot Code Files....................................................................................1
Boot from SAN.........................................................................................................2
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003.............................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (x86 and x64)..........................................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (Itanium)..................................................................3
New Installation of Windows 2008 UEFI- Aware Operating System
on a UEFI-based x64 Server.................................................................3
Direct a UEFI-Based Server to a Windows Server 2008 OS Image (Installed as UEFI-Aware) Already Installed on the SAN.......................4
The GUID Partition Table......................................................................4
Install Windows Server 2008 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, x64 and Itanium)...5
Install Windows Server 2003 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, and x64
and Itanium)................................................................................................6
Linux and VMware.............................................................................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux or VMware (x86 and x64).....................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (PowerPC)...........................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (Itanium)..............................................7
Solaris...............................................................................................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (x86 and x64)............................8
Determine LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN.......................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (SPARC)....................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris LPFC (SPARC)..................................9
Install Solaris from a Network Image..................................................10
Install Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk.............11
Install, Update and Enable Boot Code...................................................................14
BIOS Utility............................................................................................................15
Start the BIOS Utility.................................................................................15
Enable an Adapter to Boot from SAN........................................................17
Configure Boot Devices...................................................................................17
Configure Adapter Parameters........................................................................21
Change the Default AL_PA (Arbitrated Loop Physical Address)................22
Change the PLOGI Retry Timer................................................................23
Change Topology......................................................................................24
Enable or Disable the Spinup Delay..........................................................25
Set Auto Scan...........................................................................................26
Enable or Disable EDD 3.0.......................................................................27
Enable or Disable the Start Unit Command...............................................28
Enable or Disable the Environment Variable.............................................29
Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector..........................................................30
Change Link Speed...................................................................................31
Reset to Default Values.............................................................................32
Use Multi-Path Boot from SAN..................................................................33
OpenBoot..............................................................................................................34
Attribute Commands.................................................................................34
Functional Commands..............................................................................35
EFIBoot.................................................................................................................37
Install the EFI Utility..................................................................................37
Start the EFI Utility....................................................................................38
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Utilities
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Utilities
2.31h (SPARC)
Size Utilities
21.8Mb
File Name
solaris-4.0a33-1.02k-1a.tar
Information
LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
HBAnyware version 4.0a33, emlxadm version 1.02k and emlxdrv version 1.00m for SPAR

HBAnyware 4.0a33 Solaris Installation Instructions

Dependencies:

SUNWemlxs driver 2.31 or later (provided by Sun)
EMLXemlxu utility package 1.02k or later (included with the applications kit)

Java Runtime Environment

Version 1.5 or later of the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) must be installed. HBAnyware will not run

The HBAnyware, HBAnywareSSC and HbaCmd target OS version is Solaris 5.10.

The JRE and instructions for installation can be found at http://java.com.

JAVA NOTE:
HBAnyware needs the java runtime binaries and libraries, so their path needs to be added to the beginning of
the PATH environment variable. For example, if your java runtime binaries are in /usr/java/bin, then include
this path in your PATH environment variable. (bash> export PATH="/usr/java/bin:$PATH")


HBAnyware is dependent on the SUNWemlxs driver package and the EMLXemlxu utilities package being installed.
Please ensure that these packages are installed before installing HBAnyware.
HBAnyware Installation Instructions
-----------------------------------
1. Run the pkgrm routine to remove any previous version of HBAnyware: pkgrm HBAnyware
2. Unzip the file: gunzip HBAnyware-4.0a33-i386.tar.gz
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf HBAnyware-4.0a33-i386.tar
4. Run the pkgadd utility: pkgadd -d .
5. When prompted by pkgadd, choose to install HBAnyware
6. When prompted by pkgadd, answer the HBAnyware installation option questions
Running the HBAnyware GUI
-------------------------
1. su to root
2. Run the script /opt/HBAnyware/hbanyware
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Sample Migration Scripts
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Driver
2.31h (SPARC)
Size Driver
103Kb
File Name
leadville_migrate_1.0a6.tar
Information
LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
These unsupported sample script files can help you migrate from the Solaris lpfc driver to the Solaris SFS driver. You can customize these scripts and run them to automate the migration process

Solaris Instructions for Migration of Emulex Host Bus Adapters to Leadville Stack

Prerequisites:

1. Solaris packages SUNWemlx, lpfc, and HBAnyware must be installed on the machine.
2. all candidate migration candidate adapters must have fcode version 1.50a4 or later

Note:
Scripts unable to migrate machines with Emulex adapter as boot device for that machine.

Migration Steps:

1. run ./start_emlxs_migration.sh script
2. after script has finished successfully, reboot system as requested
3. run ./finish_emlxs_migration.sh script
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Driver Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Manual
2.31h (SPARC)
Size Manual
1.5Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
Instructions for using the sample migration scripts, as well as instructions for migrating from the LPFC driver to the SFS driver

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
HBAnyware User Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Manual
2.31h (SPARC)
Size Manual
876Kb
File Name
sfs_utilities.pdf
Information
LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Fibre Channel Overview .................................................................................... 1
The Solaris Fibre Channel Stack ....................................................................... 1
Installing the Utilities................................................................................................ 3
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 3
Installing or Updating the Utilities Using the emlxu_install Script....................... 4
Removing the Utilities Using the emlxu_remove Script ..................................... 5
Installing the Utilities Package Manually............................................................ 6
Removing the Utilities Package Manually.......................................................... 7
Updating the Utilities Package Manually ........................................................... 7
Using the emlxadm Utility ........................................................................................ 8
Modes of Operation (emlxadm) ......................................................................... 8
Interactive Mode (emlxadm)........................................................................ 8
CLI Mode (emlxadm)................................................................................... 9
Command Descriptions (emlxadm) ................................................................. 11
Using the emlxdrv Utility ........................................................................................ 31
Modes of Operation (emlxdrv) ......................................................................... 31
Interactive Mode (emlxdrv)........................................................................ 31
CLI Mode (emlxdrv)................................................................................... 33
Command Descriptions (emlxdrv) ................................................................... 33

This document provides the information needed to use the Emulex® emlxadm and elmxdrv utility
programs. For system administrators, this document includes information about the installation and
removal of these utilities.
At the very least, system administrators should be familiar with Solaris and the Sun StorEdge SAN
Foundation Software (SFS) and should have access to standard system documentation. Anyone
working with this product should have some familiarity with the nature and use of Fibre Channel.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
FCA Utilities Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Manual
2.31h (SPARC)
Size Manual
876Kb
File Name
sfs_utilities.pdf
Information
LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
Instructions for using the FCA utilities

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Fibre Channel Overview .................................................................................... 1
The Solaris Fibre Channel Stack ....................................................................... 1
Installing the Utilities................................................................................................ 3
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 3
Installing or Updating the Utilities Using the emlxu_install Script....................... 4
Removing the Utilities Using the emlxu_remove Script ..................................... 5
Installing the Utilities Package Manually............................................................ 6
Removing the Utilities Package Manually.......................................................... 7
Updating the Utilities Package Manually ........................................................... 7
Using the emlxadm Utility ........................................................................................ 8
Modes of Operation (emlxadm) ......................................................................... 8
Interactive Mode (emlxadm)........................................................................ 8
CLI Mode (emlxadm)................................................................................... 9
Command Descriptions (emlxadm) ................................................................. 11
Using the emlxdrv Utility ........................................................................................ 31
Modes of Operation (emlxdrv) ......................................................................... 31
Interactive Mode (emlxdrv)........................................................................ 31
CLI Mode (emlxdrv)................................................................................... 33
Command Descriptions (emlxdrv) ................................................................... 33

This document provides the information needed to use the Emulex® emlxadm and elmxdrv utility
programs. For system administrators, this document includes information about the installation and
removal of these utilities.
At the very least, system administrators should be familiar with Solaris and the Sun StorEdge SAN
Foundation Software (SFS) and should have access to standard system documentation. Anyone
working with this product should have some familiarity with the nature and use of Fibre Channel.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Boot Code Documentation
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Driver
2.31h (SPARC)
Size Driver
4.9Mb
File Name
bootcode.pdf
Information
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
Describes how to configure an HBA to boot from SAN Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Emulex Boot Code Files....................................................................................1
Boot from SAN.........................................................................................................2
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003.............................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (x86 and x64)..........................................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (Itanium)..................................................................3
New Installation of Windows 2008 UEFI- Aware Operating System
on a UEFI-based x64 Server.................................................................3
Direct a UEFI-Based Server to a Windows Server 2008 OS Image (Installed as UEFI-Aware) Already Installed on the SAN.......................4
The GUID Partition Table......................................................................4
Install Windows Server 2008 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, x64 and Itanium)...5
Install Windows Server 2003 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, and x64
and Itanium)................................................................................................6
Linux and VMware.............................................................................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux or VMware (x86 and x64).....................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (PowerPC)...........................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (Itanium)..............................................7
Solaris...............................................................................................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (x86 and x64)............................8
Determine LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN.......................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (SPARC)....................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris LPFC (SPARC)..................................9
Install Solaris from a Network Image..................................................10
Install Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk.............11
Install, Update and Enable Boot Code...................................................................14
BIOS Utility............................................................................................................15
Start the BIOS Utility.................................................................................15
Enable an Adapter to Boot from SAN........................................................17
Configure Boot Devices...................................................................................17
Configure Adapter Parameters........................................................................21
Change the Default AL_PA (Arbitrated Loop Physical Address)................22
Change the PLOGI Retry Timer................................................................23
Change Topology......................................................................................24
Enable or Disable the Spinup Delay..........................................................25
Set Auto Scan...........................................................................................26
Enable or Disable EDD 3.0.......................................................................27
Enable or Disable the Start Unit Command...............................................28
Enable or Disable the Environment Variable.............................................29
Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector..........................................................30
Change Link Speed...................................................................................31
Reset to Default Values.............................................................................32
Use Multi-Path Boot from SAN..................................................................33
OpenBoot..............................................................................................................34
Attribute Commands.................................................................................34
Functional Commands..............................................................................35
EFIBoot.................................................................................................................37
Install the EFI Utility..................................................................................37
Start the EFI Utility....................................................................................38
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
SPARC Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Driver
6.30g (Legacy)
Size Driver
25.5Mb
File Name
solaris-4.0a37-6.30g-1b.tar
Information
Note This driver is posted as is, with no new version planned.
This driver version requires patch #112438 for Solaris 8 operation.
Starting with Solaris driver version 6.20, the driver no longer uses the sd.conf and st.conf files to limit the storage presented to the OS. If your environment uses these files to perform LUN or target masking, refer to the driver manual for important configuration information.
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 4.0a37, emlxdrv utility 1.00m; emlxdrv is needed for a fresh installation of Solaris 10 Update 1 (25.5 MB tar file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Driver Manual
Operating Systems
SPARC Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Manual
6.30g (Legacy)
Size Manual
1.6Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Note This driver is posted as is, with no new version planned.
This driver version requires patch #112438 for Solaris 8 operation.
Starting with Solaris driver version 6.20, the driver no longer uses the sd.conf and st.conf files to limit the storage presented to the OS. If your environment uses these files to perform LUN or target masking, refer to the driver manual for important configuration information.
LPFC Driver for Solaris User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
HBAnyware User Manual
Operating Systems
SPARC Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Manual
6.30g (Legacy)
Size Manual
5.3Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
This driver is posted as is, with no new version planned.
This driver version requires patch #112438 for Solaris 8 operation.
Starting with Solaris driver version 6.20, the driver no longer uses the sd.conf and st.conf files to limit the storage presented to the OS. If your environment uses these files to perform LUN or target masking, refer to the driver manual for important configuration information.
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
FCA Utilities Manual
Operating Systems
SPARC Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Manual
6.30g (Legacy)
Size Manual
876Kb
File Name
sfs_utilities.pdf
Information
This driver is posted as is, with no new version planned.
This driver version requires patch #112438 for Solaris 8 operation.
Starting with Solaris driver version 6.20, the driver no longer uses the sd.conf and st.conf files to limit the storage presented to the OS. If your environment uses these files to perform LUN or target masking, refer to the driver manual for important configuration information.
Instructions for using the FCA utilities

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Fibre Channel Overview .................................................................................... 1
The Solaris Fibre Channel Stack ....................................................................... 1
Installing the Utilities................................................................................................ 3
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 3
Installing or Updating the Utilities Using the emlxu_install Script....................... 4
Removing the Utilities Using the emlxu_remove Script ..................................... 5
Installing the Utilities Package Manually............................................................ 6
Removing the Utilities Package Manually.......................................................... 7
Updating the Utilities Package Manually ........................................................... 7
Using the emlxadm Utility ........................................................................................ 8
Modes of Operation (emlxadm) ......................................................................... 8
Interactive Mode (emlxadm)........................................................................ 8
CLI Mode (emlxadm)................................................................................... 9
Command Descriptions (emlxadm) ................................................................. 11
Using the emlxdrv Utility ........................................................................................ 31
Modes of Operation (emlxdrv) ......................................................................... 31
Interactive Mode (emlxdrv)........................................................................ 31
CLI Mode (emlxdrv)................................................................................... 33
Command Descriptions (emlxdrv) ................................................................... 33

This document provides the information needed to use the Emulex® emlxadm and elmxdrv utility
programs. For system administrators, this document includes information about the installation and
removal of these utilities.
At the very least, system administrators should be familiar with Solaris and the Sun StorEdge SAN
Foundation Software (SFS) and should have access to standard system documentation. Anyone
working with this product should have some familiarity with the nature and use of Fibre Channel.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Driver
8.2.0.30.49vmw and 8.20.30.52vmw
Size Driver
2Mb
File Name
elxvmwarecorekit-esx40-4.0a46-1.x86_64.rpm
Information
vSphere 4 (ESX 4.0/ESX 4.0 U1, vCenter 4.0) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs and 10 Gb/s CNAs
HBAnyware 4.0a46 agent, hbacmd, HP Rubah library version 9.0 (2.05 MB rpm file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Driver Manual version 8.2.0.30.49vmw
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Manual
8.2.0.30.49vmw and 8.20.30.52vmw
Size Manual
1.4Mb
File Name
vmware.pdf
Information
vSphere 4 (ESX 4.0/ESX 4.0 U1, vCenter 4.0) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs and 10 Gb/s CNAs
Driver for VMware User Manual, version 8.2.0.30.49vmw

Installation...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver.................................................................................................. 2
Installing the Emulex Utilities................................................................................... 3
Installing the HBAnyware Agent and lputil ......................................................... 3
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 3
Procedures.................................................................................................. 3
Uninstalling the Emulex Utilities............................................................................... 4
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Agent and lputil..................................................... 4
Configuration ..........................................................................................5
Introduction.............................................................................................................. 5
Configuration Methods Using Native ESX Tools................................................ 5
Permanent Configuration Methods.............................................................. 5
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 6
Dynamically Add LUNs and Targets......................................................................... 7
Driver Configuration Parameters ............................................................................. 7
Creating a Fibre Channel Remote Boot Disk ......................................................... 10
Troubleshooting....................................................................................11
Introduction............................................................................................................ 11
Unusual Situations and Their Resolutions ............................................................. 11
General Situations........................................................................................... 11
lpfc Log Messages................................................................................................. 13
Introducton ...................................................................................................... 13
Severity Codes.......................................................................................... 13
Message Group Masks ............................................................................. 13
Message Log Example.............................................................................. 14
ELS Events (0100 - 0199) ............................................................................... 15
Link Discovery Events (0200 - 0299) ............................................................... 19
Mailbox Events (0300 - 0399).......................................................................... 28
Initialization Events (0400 - 0499) ................................................................... 33
FCP Traffic History (0700 - 0799) .................................................................... 39
Node Table Events (0900 - 0999) .................................................................... 42
Miscellaneous Events (1200 - 1299) ............................................................... 44
Link Events (1300 - 1399) ............................................................................... 45
Log Messages - LIBDFC Events (1600 - 1699) ............................................... 47
Supported Features
• Supports 256 (0-255) logical unit numbers (LUNs)
• Supports dynamically adding LUNs and targets
• Topology support: FC-AL, point-to-point, fabric with auto-topology negotiation
• Support for 1, 2 and 4 Gb with auto rate negotiation
• Protocols: SCSI-FCP, FCP-2 (FC-Tape profile, including use of ADISC instead of PLOGI), FC
initiator mode
• Support for up to sixteen host bus adapter (HBA) ports
• Monitoring and parameter configuration using Emulex's HBAnyware™ Java-based graphical
user interface utility and the HBACMD scriptable command-line interface
• Parameter configuration using Emulex's LightPulse® lputil command-line interface utility
• Support for Common HBA API
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Driver Manual version 8.2.0.30.52vmw
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Manual
8.2.0.30.49vmw and 8.20.30.52vmw
Size Manual
1.4Mb
File Name
vmware.pdf
Information
vSphere 4 (ESX 4.0/ESX 4.0 U1, vCenter 4.0) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs and 10 Gb/s CNAs
Driver for VMware User Manual, version 8.2.0.30.52vmw

Installation...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver.................................................................................................. 2
Installing the Emulex Utilities................................................................................... 3
Installing the HBAnyware Agent and lputil ......................................................... 3
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 3
Procedures.................................................................................................. 3
Uninstalling the Emulex Utilities............................................................................... 4
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Agent and lputil..................................................... 4
Configuration ..........................................................................................5
Introduction.............................................................................................................. 5
Configuration Methods Using Native ESX Tools................................................ 5
Permanent Configuration Methods.............................................................. 5
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 6
Dynamically Add LUNs and Targets......................................................................... 7
Driver Configuration Parameters ............................................................................. 7
Creating a Fibre Channel Remote Boot Disk ......................................................... 10
Troubleshooting....................................................................................11
Introduction............................................................................................................ 11
Unusual Situations and Their Resolutions ............................................................. 11
General Situations........................................................................................... 11
lpfc Log Messages................................................................................................. 13
Introducton ...................................................................................................... 13
Severity Codes.......................................................................................... 13
Message Group Masks ............................................................................. 13
Message Log Example.............................................................................. 14
ELS Events (0100 - 0199) ............................................................................... 15
Link Discovery Events (0200 - 0299) ............................................................... 19
Mailbox Events (0300 - 0399).......................................................................... 28
Initialization Events (0400 - 0499) ................................................................... 33
FCP Traffic History (0700 - 0799) .................................................................... 39
Node Table Events (0900 - 0999) .................................................................... 42
Miscellaneous Events (1200 - 1299) ............................................................... 44
Link Events (1300 - 1399) ............................................................................... 45
Log Messages - LIBDFC Events (1600 - 1699) ............................................... 47
Supported Features
• Supports 256 (0-255) logical unit numbers (LUNs)
• Supports dynamically adding LUNs and targets
• Topology support: FC-AL, point-to-point, fabric with auto-topology negotiation
• Support for 1, 2 and 4 Gb with auto rate negotiation
• Protocols: SCSI-FCP, FCP-2 (FC-Tape profile, including use of ADISC instead of PLOGI), FC
initiator mode
• Support for up to sixteen host bus adapter (HBA) ports
• Monitoring and parameter configuration using Emulex's HBAnyware™ Java-based graphical
user interface utility and the HBACMD scriptable command-line interface
• Parameter configuration using Emulex's LightPulse® lputil command-line interface utility
• Support for Common HBA API
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
HBAnyware Command Line User Manual
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Manual
8.2.0.30.49vmw and 8.20.30.52vmw
Size Manual
888Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
vSphere 4 (ESX 4.0/ESX 4.0 U1, vCenter 4.0) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs and 10 Gb/s CNAs
HBAnyware Command Line Version 4.0

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
FC driver Kit
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Driver
7.4.0.52
Size Driver
6.2Mb
File Name
vmware-esx-drivers-scsi-lpfc_elx_v740-350-7.4.0.52-001.i386.rpm
Information
Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U4, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs and OneConnect UCNAs
Base FC driver and install script (6.24 MB rpm file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Core Applications Kit
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Driver
7.4.0.52
Size Driver
1.8Mb
File Name
elxocmcore-esx35-5.0.17.3-1.i386.rpm
Information
Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U4, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs and OneConnect UCNAs
OneCommand Manager 5.0 core application (1.80 MB rpm file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
OneCommand Manager Release Notes for VMware
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Driver
7.4.0.52
Size Driver
97Kb
File Name
vmware_release_notes.pdf
Information
Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U4, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs and OneConnect UCNAs
OneCommand Manager version 5.0

Release Notes
Date: January 2010
Product: OneCommand Manager™ Application for the ESX 3.5 Driver for VMware
Version: 5.0
This document describes the known issues associated with this utility build release. For the latest product documentation, go to www.emulex.com. If you have any questions or require additional information, contact an authorized Emulex Corporation technical representative.
New Features in OneCommand Manager Application Version 5.0
1. This is a new product. Refer to the OneCommand Manager Application User Manual for details.
2. Support for Emulex OneConnect™ OCe10102 UCNAs.
Resolved Issues in OneCommand Manager Application Version 5.0
1. This is a new product. There are no resolved issues.
Known Issues in OneCommand Manager Application Version 5.0
1. Remote Management FC-based (also known as in-band) remote management is not supported in this release.
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.
2. Core Kit Upgrade Procedure The following procedure should be used to upgrade to the 5.0.18.4-1 OneCommand Manager core kit. NOTE: The upgrade process has changed for this release.
1. Remove the lpfc, be2net and (if installed) be2iscsi driver RPMs from the server.
2. Install the lpfc, be2net and (if desired) be2iscsi 2.101.411.0 driver RPMs. Do not reboot the server.
3. Upgrade to the elxocmcore-esx35-5.0.18.4-1 RPM using the “rpm –U” command.
4. Upgrade the OneConnect UCNA to the 2.101.411.0 firmware.
5. Reboot the VMware ESX 3.5 server.
3. Running the OneConnect™ FCoE Adapter without the NIC Driver It is not advised to run a OneConnect FCoE adapter without the NIC driver installed. Many management functions are unavailable:
1. Firmware
a. Download
b. Active and flash firmware versions
c. Firmware status
d. BIOS version
e. Boot code version
2. All diagnostics including beaconing
3. Transceiver data display
4. Port disable
5. Physical port link status
6. All CEE settings
7. Event log display (CLI only)
8. FAT dumps
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.
4. CEE Priority Groups
Switching from DCBX enabled to disabled and then back to enabled may not return the Priority Groups and FCoE/iSCSI priority to the switch settings.
Workaround: Disable and re-enable the port (hbacmd setportenabled or Physical Port Info tab).
If you disable DCBX and then modify the priority groups and/or FCoE/iSCSI priority, when you enable DCBX the CEE properties will not return to the switch settings.
Workaround: Modify the priority groups and FCoE/iSCSI priority values. After they are saved, the CEE properties should match the switch.
If you disable DCBX using HBACMD (setceeparams MAC/WWPN dcbxstate 0), all Priority Group priorities and bandwidths are reset to 0. This also causes all active Priority Group priorities and bandwidths to be 0.
Workaround: Use the GUI to disable DCBX or re-enter the Priority Groups and bandwidths using the “setceepriority” and “setcnapgbw” commands. However, this workaround will cause the issue described in the previous paragraph.
5. Installation Warning Message A warning message similar to the following may appear on some systems when the RPM is installed:
ldconfig: /usr/lib/libdfc.so is not a symbolic link
This message can appear when the library configuration utility, ldconfig, encounters unexpected files in the /usr/lib/ directory. These files may exist because an earlier Emulex utility kit that does not use RPM for package management was previously installed on the system. If RPM encounters previously existing files that are not owned by RPM packages currently installed on the system, then it will save them with the ".bak" extension in the /usr/lib directory.
6. Limit Centralized Management Centralized management of adapters across VMware ESX servers must be limited to, at most, one OneCommand Manager GUI or CLI client. This applies to OneCommand Manager application remote connectivity for TCP/IP-based management.
In addition, the remote OneCommand Manager application client must be configured to disable its periodic auto-polling of discovered remote servers (which is enabled by default). This is done using the client GUI drop-down menu item shown here:
Click Discovery --> Modify Settings and select the resultant settings as follows: In-Band (Fibre Channel) - Manual Refresh Out-if-Band (TCP/IP) - Manual Refresh Expire Undiscovered HBA - Never Remove
As a result of this constraint, Emulex suggests that the OneCommand Manager application remote management of Windows, Linux, and Solaris servers take place in an environment separate from that of VMware ESX servers. It is advisable to keep the discovery domains disjointed.
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
VMware 3.5 U4 User Manual
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Manual
7.4.0.52
Size Manual
1.9Mb
File Name
vmware.pdf
Information
Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U4, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs and OneConnect UCNAs
Driver for VMware 3.5 U4 User Manual

Installation...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver.................................................................................................. 2
Installing the Emulex Utilities................................................................................... 3
Installing the HBAnyware Agent and lputil ......................................................... 3
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 3
Procedures.................................................................................................. 3
Uninstalling the Emulex Utilities............................................................................... 4
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Agent and lputil..................................................... 4
Configuration ..........................................................................................5
Introduction.............................................................................................................. 5
Configuration Methods Using Native ESX Tools................................................ 5
Permanent Configuration Methods.............................................................. 5
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 6
Dynamically Add LUNs and Targets......................................................................... 7
Driver Configuration Parameters ............................................................................. 7
Creating a Fibre Channel Remote Boot Disk ......................................................... 10
Troubleshooting....................................................................................11
Introduction............................................................................................................ 11
Unusual Situations and Their Resolutions ............................................................. 11
General Situations........................................................................................... 11
lpfc Log Messages................................................................................................. 13
Introducton ...................................................................................................... 13
Severity Codes.......................................................................................... 13
Message Group Masks ............................................................................. 13
Message Log Example.............................................................................. 14
ELS Events (0100 - 0199) ............................................................................... 15
Link Discovery Events (0200 - 0299) ............................................................... 19
Mailbox Events (0300 - 0399).......................................................................... 28
Initialization Events (0400 - 0499) ................................................................... 33
FCP Traffic History (0700 - 0799) .................................................................... 39
Node Table Events (0900 - 0999) .................................................................... 42
Miscellaneous Events (1200 - 1299) ............................................................... 44
Link Events (1300 - 1399) ............................................................................... 45
Log Messages - LIBDFC Events (1600 - 1699) ............................................... 47
Supported Features
• Supports 256 (0-255) logical unit numbers (LUNs)
• Supports dynamically adding LUNs and targets
• Topology support: FC-AL, point-to-point, fabric with auto-topology negotiation
• Support for 1, 2 and 4 Gb with auto rate negotiation
• Protocols: SCSI-FCP, FCP-2 (FC-Tape profile, including use of ADISC instead of PLOGI), FC
initiator mode
• Support for up to sixteen host bus adapter (HBA) ports
• Monitoring and parameter configuration using Emulex's HBAnyware™ Java-based graphical
user interface utility and the HBACMD scriptable command-line interface
• Parameter configuration using Emulex's LightPulse® lputil command-line interface utility
• Support for Common HBA API
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
OneCommand Manager Command Line User Manual
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Manual
7.4.0.52
Size Manual
1.1Mb
File Name
corekit_user_manual.pdf
Information
Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U4, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs and OneConnect UCNAs
Manual for OneCommand Manager Command Line Version 5.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Installing the OneCommand Manager Application CLI............................................. 2
In Windows........................................................................................................ 2
In a new VMware ESX Server ........................................................................... 2
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 2
Procedures.................................................................................................. 2
In a VMware ESX Server with an Existing HBAnyware CLI Kit Installed ........... 3
In a New Linux System...................................................................................... 3
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 3
Procedures.................................................................................................. 4
In a Linux System with an Existing HBAnyware CLI Kit Installed....................... 4
In Solaris SFS ................................................................................................... 6
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 6
Procedures.................................................................................................. 6
Uninstalling the OneCommand Manager Application CLI ........................................ 6
In VMware ESX Server...................................................................................... 6
In Linux ............................................................................................................. 7
Upgrading from the OneCommand Manager Application CLI to the Full-Featured
OneCommand Manager Application Enterprise Kit.................................................. 8
In Windows........................................................................................................ 8
In Linux ............................................................................................................. 8
In Solaris SFS ................................................................................................... 8
In VMware ESX Server...................................................................................... 8
Using the OneCommand Manager Application Command-Line Interface ................ 9
Using the CLI Client ........................................................................................ 12
Syntax Rules............................................................................................. 12
The CLI Client Command Reference............................................................... 12
Parameters Not Supported by CIM Interface............................................. 13
Read-Only Mode ....................................................................................... 17
Help Commands ....................................................................................... 17
Attributes Commands................................................................................ 18
Authentication Commands ........................................................................ 19
Boot Commands ....................................................................................... 21
CEE Commands ....................................................................................... 22
FCoE Commands...................................................................................... 26
Diagnostic Commands .............................................................................. 27
Driver Parameter Commands.................................................................... 30
Dump Commands ..................................................................................... 33
LUN Masking Commands ......................................................................... 34
Miscellaneous Commands ........................................................................ 35
Persistent Binding Commands .................................................................. 39
TCP/IP Management Host File Commands............................................... 41
VPort Commands...................................................................................... 41
WWN Management Commands................................................................ 43
iSCSI Commands...................................................................................... 44
ASCII Strings that May Be Returned ............................................................... 58
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Driver
7.4.0.31
Size Driver
910Kb
File Name
elxvmwarecorekit-4.0a27-2.i386.rpm
Information
Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U2, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs and 10 Gb/s CNAs
HBAnyware 4.0a27 agent, hbacmd, HP Rubah library version 9.0 (300 KB rpm file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Driver Manual
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Manual
7.4.0.31
Size Manual
1Mb
File Name
vmware.pdf
Information
Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U2, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs and 10 Gb/s CNAs
Driver for VMware User Manual, version 7.4.x

Installation...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver.................................................................................................. 2
Installing the Emulex Utilities................................................................................... 3
Installing the HBAnyware Agent and lputil ......................................................... 3
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 3
Procedures.................................................................................................. 3
Uninstalling the Emulex Utilities............................................................................... 4
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Agent and lputil..................................................... 4
Configuration ..........................................................................................5
Introduction.............................................................................................................. 5
Configuration Methods Using Native ESX Tools................................................ 5
Permanent Configuration Methods.............................................................. 5
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 6
Dynamically Add LUNs and Targets......................................................................... 7
Driver Configuration Parameters ............................................................................. 7
Creating a Fibre Channel Remote Boot Disk ......................................................... 10
Troubleshooting....................................................................................11
Introduction............................................................................................................ 11
Unusual Situations and Their Resolutions ............................................................. 11
General Situations........................................................................................... 11
lpfc Log Messages................................................................................................. 13
Introducton ...................................................................................................... 13
Severity Codes.......................................................................................... 13
Message Group Masks ............................................................................. 13
Message Log Example.............................................................................. 14
ELS Events (0100 - 0199) ............................................................................... 15
Link Discovery Events (0200 - 0299) ............................................................... 19
Mailbox Events (0300 - 0399).......................................................................... 28
Initialization Events (0400 - 0499) ................................................................... 33
FCP Traffic History (0700 - 0799) .................................................................... 39
Node Table Events (0900 - 0999) .................................................................... 42
Miscellaneous Events (1200 - 1299) ............................................................... 44
Link Events (1300 - 1399) ............................................................................... 45
Log Messages - LIBDFC Events (1600 - 1699) ............................................... 47
Supported Features
• Supports 256 (0-255) logical unit numbers (LUNs)
• Supports dynamically adding LUNs and targets
• Topology support: FC-AL, point-to-point, fabric with auto-topology negotiation
• Support for 1, 2 and 4 Gb with auto rate negotiation
• Protocols: SCSI-FCP, FCP-2 (FC-Tape profile, including use of ADISC instead of PLOGI), FC
initiator mode
• Support for up to sixteen host bus adapter (HBA) ports
• Monitoring and parameter configuration using Emulex's HBAnyware™ Java-based graphical
user interface utility and the HBACMD scriptable command-line interface
• Parameter configuration using Emulex's LightPulse® lputil command-line interface utility
• Support for Common HBA API
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
HBAnyware Command Line User Manual
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Manual
7.4.0.31
Size Manual
888Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U2, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs and 10 Gb/s CNAs
HBAnyware Command Line Version 4.0

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Driver
8.2.0.30.53vmw
Size Driver
2Mb
File Name
elxvmwarecorekit-esx40-4.0a46-1.x86_64.rpm
Information
vSphere 4 (ESX 4.0, vCenter 4.0) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs
HBAnyware 4.0a46 agent, hbacmd, HP Rubah library version 9.0 (2.05 MB rpm file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Driver Manual
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Manual
8.2.0.30.53vmw
Size Manual
1.6Mb
File Name
vmware.pdf
Information
vSphere 4 (ESX 4.0, vCenter 4.0) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs
Driver for VMware User Manual, version 8.2.0.30.53vmw

Installation...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver.................................................................................................. 2
Installing the Emulex Utilities................................................................................... 3
Installing the HBAnyware Agent and lputil ......................................................... 3
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 3
Procedures.................................................................................................. 3
Uninstalling the Emulex Utilities............................................................................... 4
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Agent and lputil..................................................... 4
Configuration ..........................................................................................5
Introduction.............................................................................................................. 5
Configuration Methods Using Native ESX Tools................................................ 5
Permanent Configuration Methods.............................................................. 5
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 6
Dynamically Add LUNs and Targets......................................................................... 7
Driver Configuration Parameters ............................................................................. 7
Creating a Fibre Channel Remote Boot Disk ......................................................... 10
Troubleshooting....................................................................................11
Introduction............................................................................................................ 11
Unusual Situations and Their Resolutions ............................................................. 11
General Situations........................................................................................... 11
lpfc Log Messages................................................................................................. 13
Introducton ...................................................................................................... 13
Severity Codes.......................................................................................... 13
Message Group Masks ............................................................................. 13
Message Log Example.............................................................................. 14
ELS Events (0100 - 0199) ............................................................................... 15
Link Discovery Events (0200 - 0299) ............................................................... 19
Mailbox Events (0300 - 0399).......................................................................... 28
Initialization Events (0400 - 0499) ................................................................... 33
FCP Traffic History (0700 - 0799) .................................................................... 39
Node Table Events (0900 - 0999) .................................................................... 42
Miscellaneous Events (1200 - 1299) ............................................................... 44
Link Events (1300 - 1399) ............................................................................... 45
Log Messages - LIBDFC Events (1600 - 1699) ............................................... 47
Supported Features
• Supports 256 (0-255) logical unit numbers (LUNs)
• Supports dynamically adding LUNs and targets
• Topology support: FC-AL, point-to-point, fabric with auto-topology negotiation
• Support for 1, 2 and 4 Gb with auto rate negotiation
• Protocols: SCSI-FCP, FCP-2 (FC-Tape profile, including use of ADISC instead of PLOGI), FC
initiator mode
• Support for up to sixteen host bus adapter (HBA) ports
• Monitoring and parameter configuration using Emulex's HBAnyware™ Java-based graphical
user interface utility and the HBACMD scriptable command-line interface
• Parameter configuration using Emulex's LightPulse® lputil command-line interface utility
• Support for Common HBA API
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
HBAnyware Command Line User Manual
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Manual
8.2.0.30.53vmw
Size Manual
888Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
vSphere 4 (ESX 4.0, vCenter 4.0) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs
HBAnyware Command Line Version 4.0

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Driver
7.4.0.40
Size Driver
931Kb
File Name
elxvmwarecorekit-esx35-4.0a45-1.i386.rpm
Information
Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U4, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs
HBAnyware 4.0a45 agent, hbacmd, HP Rubah library version 9.0 (932 KB rpm file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Driver Manual
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Manual
7.4.0.40
Size Manual
1.2Mb
File Name
vmware.pdf
Information
Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U4, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs
Driver for VMware User Manual, version 7.4.0.40

Installation...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver.................................................................................................. 2
Installing the Emulex Utilities................................................................................... 3
Installing the HBAnyware Agent and lputil ......................................................... 3
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 3
Procedures.................................................................................................. 3
Uninstalling the Emulex Utilities............................................................................... 4
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Agent and lputil..................................................... 4
Configuration ..........................................................................................5
Introduction.............................................................................................................. 5
Configuration Methods Using Native ESX Tools................................................ 5
Permanent Configuration Methods.............................................................. 5
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 6
Dynamically Add LUNs and Targets......................................................................... 7
Driver Configuration Parameters ............................................................................. 7
Creating a Fibre Channel Remote Boot Disk ......................................................... 10
Troubleshooting....................................................................................11
Introduction............................................................................................................ 11
Unusual Situations and Their Resolutions ............................................................. 11
General Situations........................................................................................... 11
lpfc Log Messages................................................................................................. 13
Introducton ...................................................................................................... 13
Severity Codes.......................................................................................... 13
Message Group Masks ............................................................................. 13
Message Log Example.............................................................................. 14
ELS Events (0100 - 0199) ............................................................................... 15
Link Discovery Events (0200 - 0299) ............................................................... 19
Mailbox Events (0300 - 0399).......................................................................... 28
Initialization Events (0400 - 0499) ................................................................... 33
FCP Traffic History (0700 - 0799) .................................................................... 39
Node Table Events (0900 - 0999) .................................................................... 42
Miscellaneous Events (1200 - 1299) ............................................................... 44
Link Events (1300 - 1399) ............................................................................... 45
Log Messages - LIBDFC Events (1600 - 1699) ............................................... 47
Supported Features
• Supports 256 (0-255) logical unit numbers (LUNs)
• Supports dynamically adding LUNs and targets
• Topology support: FC-AL, point-to-point, fabric with auto-topology negotiation
• Support for 1, 2 and 4 Gb with auto rate negotiation
• Protocols: SCSI-FCP, FCP-2 (FC-Tape profile, including use of ADISC instead of PLOGI), FC
initiator mode
• Support for up to sixteen host bus adapter (HBA) ports
• Monitoring and parameter configuration using Emulex's HBAnyware™ Java-based graphical
user interface utility and the HBACMD scriptable command-line interface
• Parameter configuration using Emulex's LightPulse® lputil command-line interface utility
• Support for Common HBA API
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
HBAnyware Command Line User Manual
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Manual
7.4.0.40
Size Manual
888Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U4, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs
HBAnyware Command Line Version 4.0

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Driver
7.4.0.13, 7.4.0.13-1, 7.4.0.13-2, 7.3.2_vmw (All)
Size Driver
302Kb
File Name
elxvmwarecorekit-2.1a42-1.i386.rpm
Information
Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5.0, ESX 3.5 U1, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAsVirtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U2, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAsVirtual Infrastructure 3 (ESX 3.0, ESX 3.0.1, ESX 3.0.2, 3.0.3; Virtual Center 2.0, 2.0.1, 2.0.2) - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAs
HBAnyware 2.1a42 agent, hbacmd, HP Rubah library version 9.0 (303 KB rpm file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Driver Manual version 7.3.x
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Manual
7.4.0.13, 7.4.0.13-1, 7.4.0.13-2, 7.3.2_vmw (All)
Size Manual
986Kb
File Name
vmware.pdf
Information
Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5.0, ESX 3.5 U1, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAsVirtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U2, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAsVirtual Infrastructure 3 (ESX 3.0, ESX 3.0.1, ESX 3.0.2, 3.0.3; Virtual Center 2.0, 2.0.1, 2.0.2) - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAs

Installation...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver.................................................................................................. 2
Installing the Emulex Utilities................................................................................... 3
Installing the HBAnyware Agent and lputil ......................................................... 3
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 3
Procedures.................................................................................................. 3
Uninstalling the Emulex Utilities............................................................................... 4
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Agent and lputil..................................................... 4
Configuration ..........................................................................................5
Introduction.............................................................................................................. 5
Configuration Methods Using Native ESX Tools................................................ 5
Permanent Configuration Methods.............................................................. 5
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 6
Dynamically Add LUNs and Targets......................................................................... 7
Driver Configuration Parameters ............................................................................. 7
Creating a Fibre Channel Remote Boot Disk ......................................................... 10
Troubleshooting....................................................................................11
Introduction............................................................................................................ 11
Unusual Situations and Their Resolutions ............................................................. 11
General Situations........................................................................................... 11
lpfc Log Messages................................................................................................. 13
Introducton ...................................................................................................... 13
Severity Codes.......................................................................................... 13
Message Group Masks ............................................................................. 13
Message Log Example.............................................................................. 14
ELS Events (0100 - 0199) ............................................................................... 15
Link Discovery Events (0200 - 0299) ............................................................... 19
Mailbox Events (0300 - 0399).......................................................................... 28
Initialization Events (0400 - 0499) ................................................................... 33
FCP Traffic History (0700 - 0799) .................................................................... 39
Node Table Events (0900 - 0999) .................................................................... 42
Miscellaneous Events (1200 - 1299) ............................................................... 44
Link Events (1300 - 1399) ............................................................................... 45
Log Messages - LIBDFC Events (1600 - 1699) ............................................... 47
Supported Features
• Supports 256 (0-255) logical unit numbers (LUNs)
• Supports dynamically adding LUNs and targets
• Topology support: FC-AL, point-to-point, fabric with auto-topology negotiation
• Support for 1, 2 and 4 Gb with auto rate negotiation
• Protocols: SCSI-FCP, FCP-2 (FC-Tape profile, including use of ADISC instead of PLOGI), FC
initiator mode
• Support for up to sixteen host bus adapter (HBA) ports
• Monitoring and parameter configuration using Emulex's HBAnyware™ Java-based graphical
user interface utility and the HBACMD scriptable command-line interface
• Parameter configuration using Emulex's LightPulse® lputil command-line interface utility
• Support for Common HBA API
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Driver Manual version 7.4.x
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Manual
7.4.0.13, 7.4.0.13-1, 7.4.0.13-2, 7.3.2_vmw (All)
Size Manual
1016Kb
File Name
vmware.pdf
Information
Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5.0, ESX 3.5 U1, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAsVirtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U2, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAsVirtual Infrastructure 3 (ESX 3.0, ESX 3.0.1, ESX 3.0.2, 3.0.3; Virtual Center 2.0, 2.0.1, 2.0.2) - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAs

Installation...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver.................................................................................................. 2
Installing the Emulex Utilities................................................................................... 3
Installing the HBAnyware Agent and lputil ......................................................... 3
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 3
Procedures.................................................................................................. 3
Uninstalling the Emulex Utilities............................................................................... 4
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Agent and lputil..................................................... 4
Configuration ..........................................................................................5
Introduction.............................................................................................................. 5
Configuration Methods Using Native ESX Tools................................................ 5
Permanent Configuration Methods.............................................................. 5
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 6
Dynamically Add LUNs and Targets......................................................................... 7
Driver Configuration Parameters ............................................................................. 7
Creating a Fibre Channel Remote Boot Disk ......................................................... 10
Troubleshooting....................................................................................11
Introduction............................................................................................................ 11
Unusual Situations and Their Resolutions ............................................................. 11
General Situations........................................................................................... 11
lpfc Log Messages................................................................................................. 13
Introducton ...................................................................................................... 13
Severity Codes.......................................................................................... 13
Message Group Masks ............................................................................. 13
Message Log Example.............................................................................. 14
ELS Events (0100 - 0199) ............................................................................... 15
Link Discovery Events (0200 - 0299) ............................................................... 19
Mailbox Events (0300 - 0399).......................................................................... 28
Initialization Events (0400 - 0499) ................................................................... 33
FCP Traffic History (0700 - 0799) .................................................................... 39
Node Table Events (0900 - 0999) .................................................................... 42
Miscellaneous Events (1200 - 1299) ............................................................... 44
Link Events (1300 - 1399) ............................................................................... 45
Log Messages - LIBDFC Events (1600 - 1699) ............................................... 47
Supported Features
• Supports 256 (0-255) logical unit numbers (LUNs)
• Supports dynamically adding LUNs and targets
• Topology support: FC-AL, point-to-point, fabric with auto-topology negotiation
• Support for 1, 2 and 4 Gb with auto rate negotiation
• Protocols: SCSI-FCP, FCP-2 (FC-Tape profile, including use of ADISC instead of PLOGI), FC
initiator mode
• Support for up to sixteen host bus adapter (HBA) ports
• Monitoring and parameter configuration using Emulex's HBAnyware™ Java-based graphical
user interface utility and the HBACMD scriptable command-line interface
• Parameter configuration using Emulex's LightPulse® lputil command-line interface utility
• Support for Common HBA API
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
HBAnyware Manual version 3.1
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Manual
7.4.0.13, 7.4.0.13-1, 7.4.0.13-2, 7.3.2_vmw (All)
Size Manual
2.1Mb
File Name
hbanyware31.pdf
Information
Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5.0, ESX 3.5 U1, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAsVirtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U2, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAsVirtual Infrastructure 3 (ESX 3.0, ESX 3.0.1, ESX 3.0.2, 3.0.3; Virtual Center 2.0, 2.0.1, 2.0.2) - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAs

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Starting the HBAnyware Utility .......................................................................... 2
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 2
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ............................................. 3
Changing Management Mode .......................................................................... 3
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ......................................... 4
The Menu Bar ............................................................................................. 4
The Toolbar ................................................................................................. 4
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................... 5
The Discovery-Tree..................................................................................... 5
Property Tabs.............................................................................................. 6
Status Bar ................................................................................................... 6
Using the HBAnyware Command-Line Interface ............................................... 6
Discovering HBAs.................................................................................................. 11
Configuring Discovery Settings ....................................................................... 12
Sorting HBA Information ........................................................................................ 13
Sort by Host Name .......................................................................................... 13
Sort by Fabric Address .................................................................................... 13
Sorting Local HBAs Only ................................................................................. 13
Viewing HBA Information....................................................................................... 14
Viewing Discovery Information ........................................................................ 14
Discovery Information Field Definitions ..................................................... 14
Viewing Host Information................................................................................. 15
The Host Information Tab.......................................................................... 15
The Host Driver Parameters Tab............................................................... 16
Viewing General HBA Attributes...................................................................... 17
Adapter Summary Field Definitions ........................................................... 17
Adapter Status Area Field Definitions........................................................ 18
Viewing Detailed HBA Information................................................................... 18
Adapter Details Field Definitions ............................................................... 19
Port Attributes Field Definitions ................................................................. 19
Loop Map Table Definitions ....................................................................... 20
Viewing Fabric Information .............................................................................. 20
Discovery Information Field Definitions ..................................................... 20
Viewing Target Information .............................................................................. 21
Target Information Field Definitions........................................................... 21
Viewing LUN Information................................................................................. 22
LUN Information Field Definitions.............................................................. 22
Viewing Port Statistics ..................................................................................... 23
Port Statistics Field Definitions .................................................................. 23
Viewing Firmware Information ......................................................................... 24
Firmware Field Definitions......................................................................... 25
Viewing Target Mapping ................................................................................. 26
Target Mapping Field Definitions ............................................................... 26
Resetting HBAs ..................................................................................................... 27
Updating Firmware ................................................................................................ 27
Prerequisites ............................................................................................. 27
Procedure ................................................................................................. 27
Updating Firmware (Batch Mode).................................................................... 29
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
HBAnyware Manual version 3.2
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Manual
7.4.0.13, 7.4.0.13-1, 7.4.0.13-2, 7.3.2_vmw (All)
Size Manual
2.4Mb
File Name
hbanyware32.pdf
Information
Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5.0, ESX 3.5 U1, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAsVirtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U2, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAsVirtual Infrastructure 3 (ESX 3.0, ESX 3.0.1, ESX 3.0.2, 3.0.3; Virtual Center 2.0, 2.0.1, 2.0.2) - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAs

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Starting the HBAnyware Utility .......................................................................... 2
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch ........................................................ 2
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 2
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ............................................. 3
Changing Management Mode .......................................................................... 3
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ......................................... 4
The Menu Bar ............................................................................................. 4
The Toolbar ................................................................................................. 4
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................... 5
The Discovery-Tree..................................................................................... 5
Property Tabs.............................................................................................. 6
Status Bar ................................................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Utility Command-Line Interface...................................... 7
Using the CLI Client (Linux) ........................................................................ 7
Discovering HBAs.................................................................................................. 22
Configuring Discovery Settings ....................................................................... 23
Sorting HBA Information ........................................................................................ 24
Sort by Host Name .......................................................................................... 24
Sort by Fabric Address .................................................................................... 24
Sorting Local HBAs Only ................................................................................. 24
Viewing HBA Information....................................................................................... 25
Viewing Discovery Information ........................................................................ 25
Discovery Information Field Definitions ..................................................... 25
Viewing Host Information................................................................................. 26
The Host Information Tab.......................................................................... 26
The Host Driver Parameters Tab............................................................... 27
Viewing General HBA Attributes...................................................................... 28
Adapter Summary Field Definitions ........................................................... 28
Adapter Status Area Field Definitions........................................................ 29
Viewing Detailed HBA Information................................................................... 29
Adapter Details Field Definitions ............................................................... 30
Port Attributes Field Definitions ................................................................. 30
Loop Map Table Definitions ....................................................................... 31
Viewing Fabric Information .............................................................................. 31
Discovery Information Field Definitions ..................................................... 31
Viewing Target Information .............................................................................. 32
Target Information Field Definitions........................................................... 32
Viewing LUN Information................................................................................. 33
LUN Information Field Definitions.............................................................. 33
Viewing Port Statistics ..................................................................................... 34
Port Statistics Field Definitions .................................................................. 34
Viewing Firmware Information ......................................................................... 35
Firmware Field Definitions......................................................................... 36
Viewing Target Mapping ................................................................................. 37
Target Mapping Field Definitions ............................................................... 37
Resetting HBAs ..................................................................................................... 38
Updating Firmware ................................................................................................ 38
Prerequisites ............................................................................................. 38
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Driver
7.4.0.13, 7.4.0.13-1, 7.4.0.13-2
Size Driver
107Kb
File Name
lpfcutil-7.4.0.13-1.tgz
Information
Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5.0, ESX 3.5 U1, ESX 3.5 U2 Virtual Center 2.5) - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAs
Lputil version 2.0a14, HBA API library version 2.0.f

1. Introduction
2. System Requirements
3. Installation
4. Uninstallation
5. Using the utilities
----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Introduction
This utilities package includes diagnostic and management utilities and
libraries that can be used to manage Emulex HBAs in a VMware ESX server
environment.

Each version of these utilities corresponds to a specific VMware-distributed
Emulex device driver version. A utilities/driver combination supports multiple
versions of the VMware Operating System.
2. System Requirements
The following VMware Operating System version(s) are supported by this
utilities package:

- Virtual Infrastructure 3 (ESX 3.0.0 or greater, Virtual Center 2.0.2)

The following VMware-distributed Emulex device drivers are supported by this
utilities package:

- 7.3.2_vmw1 or greater

For the list of supported HBAs please refer to the supported ESX hardware
compatibility lists.
3. Installation
To install the contents of this package you should execute the Install.sh
script as the 'root' user:
# ./Install.sh

The Install.sh script is included in this package.

The installation process will install the following components:

Utilities:
- lputil (Diagnostic/management utility, Rev. 2.0a14)
- dfc (Diagnostic/management utility)

Libraries:
- libdfc.so (Diagnostic utility library interface)
- libHBAAPI.so (Library to support HBAAPI standard, Rev. 2.0.g)
- libemulexhbaapi.so (Library to support HBAAPI standard)
4. Uninstallation
To remove the contents of this package you should execute the Remove.sh script
as the 'root' user:
# ./Remove.sh

The Remove.sh script is included in this package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Driver
7.3.2_vmw4 and 7.3.2_vmw10
Size Driver
115Kb
File Name
lpfcutil-7.3.2-3.tgz
Information
Virtual Infrastructure 3 (ESX 3.0.2, ESX 3.0.3, Virtual Center 2.0.2) - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAs
Lputil version 2.0a14, HBA API library version 2.0.f

1. Introduction
2. System Requirements
3. Installation
4. Uninstallation
5. Using the utilities
----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Introduction
This utilities package includes diagnostic and management utilities and
libraries that can be used to manage Emulex HBAs in a VMware ESX server
environment.

Each version of these utilities corresponds to a specific VMware-distributed
Emulex device driver version. A utilities/driver combination supports multiple
versions of the VMware Operating System.
2. System Requirements
The following VMware Operating System version(s) are supported by this
utilities package:

- Virtual Infrastructure 3 (ESX 3.0.0 or greater, Virtual Center 2.0.2)

The following VMware-distributed Emulex device drivers are supported by this
utilities package:

- 7.3.2_vmw1 or greater

For the list of supported HBAs please refer to the supported ESX hardware
compatibility lists.
3. Installation
To install the contents of this package you should execute the Install.sh
script as the 'root' user:
# ./Install.sh

The Install.sh script is included in this package.

The installation process will install the following components:

Utilities:
- lputil (Diagnostic/management utility, Rev. 2.0a14)
- dfc (Diagnostic/management utility)

Libraries:
- libdfc.a (Diagnostic utility library interface)
- libdfc.so (Diagnostic utility library interface)
- libHBAAPI.so (Library to support HBAAPI standard, Rev. 2.0.f)
- libemulexhbaapi.so (Library to support HBAAPI standard)
4. Uninstallation
To remove the contents of this package you should execute the Remove.sh script
as the 'root' user:
# ./Remove.sh

The Remove.sh script is included in this package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Library Kit
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Driver
7.4.0.13, 7.4.0.13-1, 7.3.2_vmw (All)
Size Driver
35Kb
File Name
em_cpq9_vmware.tar.gz
Information
Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5.0, ESX 3.5 U1, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAs Virtual Infrastructure 3 (ESX 3.0, ESX 3.0.1, ESX 3.0.2, ESX 3.0.3; Virtual Center 2.0, 2.0.1, 2.0.2) - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAs
HP Rubah Library version 9.0 (36 KB gz file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Driver
lpfcutil-7.1.14
Size Driver
105Kb
File Name
lpfcutil-7.1.14.tgz
Information
Lputil version 1.6a10, HBA API library version 2.0.f; Virtual Infrastructure 3 (ESX 3.0.2, Virtual Center 2.0.2) - Alternate driver and Microsoft Cluster Software , 2 GBit/s HBAs (7.1.14_vmw2); Virtual Infrastructure 3 (ESX 3.0.1, Virtual Center 2.0.1) - Microsoft Cluster Software, 2 Gb/s HBAs (7.1.14_vmw1); Virtual Infrastructure 3 (ESX 3.0, Virtual Center 2.0) - 2 Gb/s HBAs (7.1.14_vmw1)

This kit has been designed for the following environment:

- Supported Hardware architecture platforms:
- 32-bit Intel platforms
- 64-bit Intel platforms

- Supported Linux OS:

- Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 2.1
- Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 3.0
- SuSE SLES 8
Please refer to Emulex Website (www.emulex.com) for an update and accurate
list of kernel versions.

- Supported Emulex enterprise adapters:
- LP10000DC
- LP10000
- LP1050DC
- LP1050
- LP9802DC
- LP9802
- LP982
- LP9402DC
- LP9002DC
- LP9002L
- LP9000
- LP952L
- LP8000DC
- LP8000


************************************************************************
This Application kit has been designed to work only with the Open Source
Linux Driver Kit, Version 7.1.14.

It includes lputil version 1.6a10.

Installation:
After you unpack this tarball, type ./Install.sh. This will install
the Emulex applications and libraries.

Removal:
To remove the Emulex applications, libraries and base HBAAPI library,
type ./Remove.sh.
************************************************************************

dfc Diagnostic utility for driver debug
libdfc.a Diagnostic utility library interface
libHBAAPI.so Library to support HBAAPI standard
libemulexhbaapi.so Library to support HBAAPI standard
lputil Diagnostic utility for adapter maitenance
Install.sh Installation script
Remove.sh Removal script
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Driver
lpfcutil-7.3.2
Size Driver
113Kb
File Name
lpfcutil-7.3.2.tgz
Information
Lputil version 2.0a12, HBA API library version 2.0.f; Virtual Infrastructure 3 (ESX 3.0.1, Virtual Center 2.0.1) - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAs (7.3.2_vmw2); Virtual Infrastructure 3 (ESX 3.0, Virtual Center 2.0) - 4 Gb/s HBAs (7.3.2_vmw1); ESX 2.5.5 - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAs (7.3.2_vmw4); ESX 2.5.4 Driver Disk - 4 Gb/s HBAs (7.3.2_vmw3)

This kit has been designed for the following environment:

- Supported Hardware architecture platforms:
- 32-bit Intel platforms
- 64-bit Intel platforms

- Supported Linux OS:

- Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 2.1
- Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 3.0
- SuSE SLES 8
Please refer to Emulex Website (www.emulex.com) for an update and accurate
list of kernel versions.

- Supported Emulex enterprise adapters:
- LP10000DC
- LP10000
- LP1050DC
- LP1050
- LP9802DC
- LP9802
- LP982
- LP9402DC
- LP9002DC
- LP9002L
- LP9000
- LP952L
- LP8000DC
- LP8000


************************************************************************
This Application kit has been designed to work only with the Open Source
Linux Driver Kit, Version 7.3.2.

It includes lputil version 2.0a12.

Installation:
After you unpack this tarball, type ./Install.sh. This will install
the Emulex applications and libraries.

Removal:
To remove the Emulex applications, libraries and base HBAAPI library,
type ./Remove.sh.
************************************************************************

dfc Diagnostic utility for driver debug
libdfc.a Diagnostic utility library interface
libdfc.so Diagnostic utility library interface
libHBAAPI.so Library to support HBAAPI standard
libemulexhbaapi.so Library to support HBAAPI standard
lputil Diagnostic utility for adapter maitenance
Install.sh Installation script
Remove.sh Removal script
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Driver
lpfcutil-2.01g
Size Driver
107Kb
File Name
lpfcutil-2.01g-2.tgz
Information
Lputil version 1.6a6, HBA API library version 2.0f; ESX 2.5.4 (2.01g_vmw2, also alternate for ESX 2.5.5); ESX 2.5.3 (2.01g_vmw1); ESX 2.5.0, ESX 2.5.1 and ESX 2.5.2 (2.01g)

This Application kit has been designed for the following environment:

- Supported Hardware architecture platforms:
- 32-bit Intel platforms (IA-32)
- 64-bit Intel platforms (IA-64)
- Power PC 64 bits (PPC)

- Supported Linux OS:

- Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 2.1
- Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 3.0
- SuSE SLES 8 ppc64
Please refer to Emulex Website (www.emulex.com) for an update and accurate
list of kernel versions.

- Supported Emulex enterprise adapters:
- LP10000DC
- LP10000
- LP1050DC
- LP1050
- LP9802DC
- LP9802
- LP982
- LP9402DC
- LP9002DC
- LP9002L
- LP9000
- LP952L
- LP8000DC
- LP8000


************************************************************************
This Application kit has been designed to work only with the Open Source
Linux Driver Kit, Version 2.01g, and HBAAPI version 2.0f.

It includes lputil version 1.6a6.

Installation:
After you unpack this tarball, type ./Install.sh. This will install
the Emulex applications and libraries.

Removal:
To remove the Emulex applications, libraries and base HBAAPI library,
type ./Remove.sh.
************************************************************************

dfc Diagnostic utility for driver debug
libdfc.a Diagnostic utility library interface
libHBAAPI.so Library to support HBAAPI standard
libemulexhbaapi.so Library to support HBAAPI standard
lputil Diagnostic utility for adapter maitenance
Install.sh Installation script
Remove.sh Removal script
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Driver
lpfcutil-1.22e
Size Driver
120Kb
File Name
lpfcutil-1.22e.tgz
Information
Lputil version 1.5a0, HBA API library version 2.0b; alternate driver for ESX 2.0, ESX 2.0.1, ESX 2.1, ESX 2.1.1 and ESX 2.1.2

This Application kit has been designed for the following environment:

- Supported Hardware architecture platforms:
- 32-bit Intel platforms (IA-32)
- 64-bit Intel platforms (IA-64)
- Power PC 64 bits (PPC)

- Supported Linux OS (note that testing has been conducted only with the kernels in parenthesis):

- Red Hat Pro 7.3 (kernel 2.4.18-27)
- Red Hat Pro 8.0 (kernel 2.4.18-27)
- Red Hat Advanced Server 2.1 x86 (kernel 2.4.9-e.16)
- SLES 7 x86 (kernel 2.4.16)
- SLES 8 x86 (kernel 2.4.19)
- Red Hat Advanced Server 2.1 IA-64 (kernel 2.4.18-e.25)
- SuSE 8.0 ppc64 (kernel 2.4.19-u11-ppc64)

- Supported Emulex enterprise adapters:
- LP8000
- LP9000
- LP9002L
- LP9002DC
- LP9402DC
- LP9802
- LP10000

************************************************************************
This Application kit has been designed to work only with the Open Source
Linux Driver Kit, Version 1.22e.

It includes lputil version 1.4a8

Installation:
After you unpack this tarball, type ./Install.sh. This will install
the Emulex applications and libraries.

Removal:
To remove the Emulex applications, libraries and base HBAAPI library,
type ./Remove.sh.
************************************************************************

dfc Diagnostic utility for driver debug
fcdiag.h Diagnostic utility library header file
libdfc.a Diagnostic utility library interface
libHBAAPI.so Library to support HBAAPI standard
libemulexhbaapi.so Library to support HBAAPI standard
lputil Diagnostic utility for adapter maitenance
Install.sh Installation script
Remove.sh Removal script

The following section details the LINUX md5sum (128 bit checksum) results
for the current release contents:

For I386:

57216ef4164549da6cbf552df6f5773d dfc
9b88355a3c1a311306a8579ff4b46c2d fcdiag.h
7b429052c5054f7caca26cc6e7ab8818 libHBAAPI.so
04f44bcfc7aa63f57abba85ecdd9a14e libdfc.a
1968b9a74ba82e5c42242ae0279ceb39 libemulexhbaapi.so
aa43ddcfb9f7c9f5a4063652e69d0a7b lputil
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Driver
lpfcutil-4.20q
Size Driver
127Kb
File Name
lpfcutil-4.20q.tgz
Information
Lputil version 1.4a8, HBA API library version 1.3; ESX 2.0, ESX 2.0.1, ESX 2.1, ESX 2.1.1 and ESX 2.1.2 (also alternate driver for ESX 2.5.0, ESX 2.5.1 and ESX 2.5.3)

This Application kit has been designed for the following environment:

- Supported Hardware architecture platforms:
- 32-bit Intel platforms (IA-32)
- 64-bit Intel platforms (IA-64)
- Power PC 64 bits (PPC)

- Supported Linux OS (note that testing has been conducted only with the kernels in parenthesis):

- Red Hat Pro 7.3 (kernel 2.4.18-27)
- Red Hat Pro 8.0 (kernel 2.4.18-27)
- Red Hat Advanced Server 2.1 x86 (kernel 2.4.9-e.16)
- SLES 7 x86 (kernel 2.4.16)
- SLES 8 x86 (kernel 2.4.19)
- Red Hat Advanced Server 2.1 IA-64 (kernel 2.4.18-e.25)
- SuSE 8.0 ppc64 (kernel 2.4.19-u11-ppc64)

- Supported Emulex enterprise adapters:
- LP8000
- LP9000
- LP9002L
- LP9002DC
- LP9402DC
- LP9802
- LP10000

************************************************************************
This Application kit has been designed to work only with the Open Source
Linux Driver Kit, Version 4.20q.

Installation:
After you unpack this tarball, type ./Install.sh. This will install
the Emulex applications and libraries.

Removal:
To remove the Emulex applications, libraries and base HBAAPI library,
type ./Remove.sh.
************************************************************************

dfc Diagnostic utility for driver debug
fcdiag.h Diagnostic utility library header file
libdfc.a Diagnostic utility library interface
libHBAAPI.so Library to support HBAAPI standard
libemulexhbaapi.so Library to support HBAAPI standard
lputil Diagnostic utility for adapter maitenance
Install.sh Installation script
Remove.sh Removal script
The following section details the LINUX md5sum (128 bit checksum) results
for the current release contents:

db2ebdcdf2d3fde90feb0c3024e56808 ./dfc
327385b6a6e0df6965cd0a66fba45190 ./fcdiag.h
f5a8c90c7446c051c78c79649fc0289d ./libdfc.a
5a45829a47b00df673de2a8410036a9f ./lputil
743c00a91536b13fbfe11bd4326eb0ba ./libHBAAPI.so
ad015c6f292b893167e2467cf2b7bcd6 ./libemulexhbaapi.so
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Windows 2003-2008-2008 R2
Version Driver
FC and FCoE (driver version 2.30.016)
Size Driver
39.3Mb
File Name
elxocm-windows-5.00.17.06-2.exe
Information
Note
This driver supports FCoE, iSCSI and Ethernet adapters as well as FC adapters.
Qualification:
Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport MiniPort driver is used with an FCoE CNA, the driver is considered "unclassified" by Microsoft. In both cases, the Storport Miniport drivers are digitally signed by Microsoft and will be recognized by Windows Sever 2003, Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2.
Note
On FC and FCoE adapters, for Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
Tested Architectures:
x86
x64
IA64 (FC only)
FC/FCoE, iSCSI and Ethernet drivers and OneCommand Manager 5.0 enterprise application (39.3 MB exe file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Windows Drivers Release Notes
Operating Systems
Windows 2003-2008-2008 R2
Version Driver
FC and FCoE (driver version 2.30.016)
Size Driver
37Kb
File Name
driver_release_notes.pdf
Information
This driver supports FCoE, iSCSI and Ethernet adapters as well as FC adapters.
Qualification:
Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport MiniPort driver is used with an FCoE CNA, the driver is considered "unclassified" by Microsoft. In both cases, the Storport Miniport drivers are digitally signed by Microsoft and will be recognized by Windows Sever 2003, Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2.
Note
On FC and FCoE adapters, for Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
Tested Architectures:
x86
x64
IA64 (FC only)

Release Notes
Date: March 2009 Product: Driver for Linux Version: 8.2.8.14 This document describes the new features, resolved known issues and current known issues associated with this driver build release. For the latest product documentation, go to www.Emulex.com. If you have any questions or require additional information, contact an authorized Emulex Corporation technical support representative.
New Features Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
1. Supports the LP21000 and LP21002 FCoE adapters. (10 Gb/s capable) 2. Supports the LPe1250, LPe1252, LPe12000 and LPe12002 adapters. (2, 4 and 8 Gb/s capable) 3. Supports the latest HBAnyware utility version 4.1 as part of the master kit. Refer to the HBAnyware Utility User Manual for more information. 4. Supports SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 11. (Intel x86, Intel Itanium2, Intel EM64T, AMD64, and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) 5. Adds interfaces via the sysfs file system to update speed and topology parameters without requiring link bounce. 6. Supports Power Management Suspend/Resume operations. 7.
Resolved Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
Supports MSI-X interrupt handling.
Known Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
There are no resolved issues in this driver version.
1. PCI Hot Plug may cause applications to malfunction Performing a PCI Hot Plug may cause the HBAnyware utilities or third party applications that use the Emulex libraries (i.e. HBAAPI) to behave unpredictably or malfunction. Workaround: 1. Stop all applications that are accessing LPFC's HBAAPI interface (HBAnyware utilities or third party applications) before performing PCI Hot Plug of an LPFC HBA. Use the following command to stop the HBAnyware application: #/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware 2. Perform the PCI Hot Plug of the HBA. 3. Restart the application.
2. Deleting virtual ports or performing a PCI Hot Unplug may result in SCSI errors When you delete a virtual port via the sysfs interface or perform a PCI Hot Unplug of an Emulex HBA, the kernel may report one of the following errors: kernel: Synchronizing SCSI cache for disk kernel: FAILED or SCSI error: return code = 0x00010000. Workaround: These messages do not indicate a functional failure and can be ignored. 3. LILO is not Supported The LILO Boot Loader on i386 and x86_64 architectures is not supported for this driver stream. If the LILO boot loader is used, after the LPFC driver package is installed and upon reboot, an incorrect initial ramdisk is used. The system may not boot correctly. Workaround: Use the GRUB boot loader. This is the default boot loader for most of the Linux distributions. 4. Issue with the LPFC module order in the INITRD_MODULES list. On the SLES10 SP1 system, if another SCSI driver such as aic79xx, is loaded right after the LPFC driver through the initrd image, an interruption might occur in the SCSI mid-layer discovery process on the LUNs connected to LPFC’s Fibre Channel. This interruption can prevent the release of the SCSI discovery reference count and the LPFC driver cannot unload. Workaround: Do not add SCSI drivers right after the LPFC module in the INITRD_MODULES list. 5. The LPFC driver may not finish discovery when two initiator ports are swapped. This causes all devices accessible through one or both of these initiator ports to time out and all I/O to fail. Workaround: Do one of the following:
• When swapping cables replace each cable, one at a time, and allow for discovery to complete before replacing the next cable. To determine if discovery is complete read the "state" sysfs parameter.
• When swapping cables, allow devloss timeout to fire before replacing the cables. (This fails all outstanding I/O.)
6. Deleted virtual ports may appear to be mounted, but are inaccessible. While Emulex provides management utilities to enable you to delete virtual ports, the LPFC driver cannot detect whether devices accessed through a virtual port are in use. You can delete a virtual port even when devices accessible through the virtual port are mounted or when I/O is outstanding to the device. If file systems are mounted on a virtual port and that virtual port is deleted, the file systems still appear to be mounted but are not be accessible. Workaround: Before deleting virtual ports, prepare the system affected by unmounting all the devices accessible through the virtual ports, and verifying that there is no outstanding I/O. 7. 4 Gb/s HBAs in virtualized environments that use Direct I/O or SFPT do not Initialize. Default driver configuration fails to initialize 4 Gb/s HBAs in virtualized environments that use Direct I/O or SFPT(Storage Fixed Pass through) .This may result in a system hang or uninitialized LPFC HBA in Intel VT-d and AMD-V IOMMU systems.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
OneCommand Manager Release Notes for Windows
Operating Systems
Windows 2003-2008-2008 R2
Version Driver
FC and FCoE (driver version 2.30.016)
Size Driver
62Kb
File Name
windows_release_notes.pdf
Information
This driver supports FCoE, iSCSI and Ethernet adapters as well as FC adapters.
Qualification:
Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport MiniPort driver is used with an FCoE CNA, the driver is considered "unclassified" by Microsoft. In both cases, the Storport Miniport drivers are digitally signed by Microsoft and will be recognized by Windows Sever 2003, Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2.
Note
On FC and FCoE adapters, for Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
Tested Architectures:
x86
x64
IA64 (FC only)
OneCommand Manager version 5.0

Release Notes
Date: September 2009
Product: HBAnyware® Utility and the Windows Drivers
Version: 4.1
This document describes the known issues associated with this utility build release. For the latest product
documentation, go to www.emulex.com. If you have any questions or require additional information, contact an
authorized Emulex Corporation technical representative.
New Features in HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1
1. Designed for adapter FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP), subject to subsequent industry testing.
2. Supports CIM interface (operational name, target node WWN and flash contents program ID) for
VMware ESX 4i and VMware ESX 4.0 COS.
3. Virtual port and virtual machine mapping information is displayed.
New Resolved Issues in HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1
1. New - HBAnyware GUI is now available on the IA64 architecture.
It is no longer required to use the HbaCmd command line utility on an IA64 system.
2. All virtual port information did not appear if you manually resized the window.
3. Target information for a virtual port erroneously showed a LUN Masking tab.
4. Using HbaCmd, the change World Wide Name function did not check for physical targets for all inband
ports.
5. Using HbaCmd, the help message for the setauthconfig function erroneously stated that accepted values
were between 0 and 5. The accepted values are between 1 and 5.
6. Using HTTPS, a port number was not used for some functions if the restricthttptoloopback parameter
was set to false.
7. The internal and external loopback diagnostic tests were not available for LP21000 and LP21002
adapters.
Known Issues in HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1
1. The HBAnyware utility GUI application only launches from IBM Director version 5.1.
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.
2. On LPe1105 adapters, diagnostic beaconing is available only if the adapter does not have VPD.
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.
3. On LPe12000 adapters, volatile WWN changes may not be supported.
Workaround: Update firmware; see the Emulex Web site for more information.
Caution: Verify the version of OEM firmware to use based on OEM qualifications and support.
4. On LP21000 and LP21002 adapters, FIP mode may need to be disabled to bring a link up.
If you have upgraded to the new CEE firmware that supports FIP and connect the port to a switch with
firmware that does not support FIP, the port’s link will be down. If you plug a loopback plug into an
adapter port with FIP disabled, the link will be down.
Workaround: Disable FIP mode on the adapter port.
5. On Windows Vista platforms, the Add Range of Hosts feature in the HBAnyware utility is not
available.
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.
6. If the HBAnyware CIM Client is used to access a VMware ESX server, up to 127 LUNs can be
displayed in the discovery-tree (numbered 0 to 126).
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.
7. Not all adapters may appear in the discovery-tree.
Although the HBAnyware utility provides support for LightPulse adapters that are reprogrammed with
WWPNs outside the typical Emulex range (such as HP’s Virtual Connect for Fibre Channel on the
BladeSystem c-Class platform) not all adapters appear in the discovery-tree.
Workaround: The HBAnyware utility must be deployed across all servers on the SAN, as well as any
other management console used for out-of-band management, so that all adapters appear in the
discovery-tree.
8. Multiport adapter models are represented in the HBAnyware utility discovery-tree as
multiple adapters with a single port icon.
For older mulitport HBA models, the HBAnyware utility displays each port under individual adapter icons
in the discovery-tree. Newer multiport HBA models (LP9802 or later) are represented by a single adapter
icon that branches out to multiple port icons.
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Quick Installation Manual
Operating Systems
Windows 2003-2008-2008 R2
Version Manual
FC and FCoE (driver version 2.30.016)
Size Manual
465Kb
File Name
driver_quick_install.pdf
Information
This driver supports FCoE, iSCSI and Ethernet adapters as well as FC adapters.
Qualification:
Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport MiniPort driver is used with an FCoE CNA, the driver is considered "unclassified" by Microsoft. In both cases, the Storport Miniport drivers are digitally signed by Microsoft and will be recognized by Windows Sever 2003, Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2.
Note
On FC and FCoE adapters, for Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
Tested Architectures:
x86
x64
IA64 (FC only)
AutoPilot Installer for Windows Server 2003, Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2

Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Prerequisites.....................................................................................................2
Changing Driver Types......................................................................................2
Driver Kit Installer Overview..............................................................................3
AutoPilot Installer Overview...............................................................................3
Text-Only Installation Overview.........................................................................3
Installing the Driver Kit.............................................................................................3
AutoPilot Installation Procedures.............................................................................4
Running a Software Installation Interactively.....................................................4
Hardware-First Installation or Driver and Utility Update.....................................6
Software-First Installation..................................................................................8
Utility-Only Update............................................................................................9
AutoPilot Installer Diagnostics...............................................................................10
If Installation Fails...........................................................................................10

Introduction
AutoPilot Installer® for Emulex® Storport Miniport and NDIS Miniport drivers provides installation options
that include simple installations with a few mouse clicks to custom unattended installations that use
predefined script files and text-only installations. AutoPilot Installer is included with Emulex drivers and
utilities in Windows executable files (driver kit installers) that you can download from the Emulex Web
site.
There are two types of driver kits that can install the Emulex drivers and utilities:
• Full Installation Driver kit (full driver kit) - Includes the Emulex protocol drivers for Fibre Channel
(FC), Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE), iSCSI, and Ethernet and the complete
OneCommand ManagerTM application, including a Graphical User Interface (GUI) and a
Command Line Interface (CLI). The full driver kit also provides an option to create AutoPilot
Installer kits that you can customize and distribute on your network. Although the full driver kit
will not install on the Server Core installation option of Windows Server 2008 (Server Core), it
can be used to create kits for those platforms.
• Core Installation Driver kit (core driver kit) - Includes the Emulex drivers and the OneCommand
Manager application CLI, but not the OneCommand Manager application GUI. The core driver
kit is required for use with Server Core platforms. You can only customize the core driver kit on
the system where it is installed. It cannot be used to create AutoPilot Installer kits for other
platforms.
Run one of the driver kit installers to extract all of the software needed for an installation, then complete
the installation using AutoPilot Installer.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
OneCommand Manager User Manual
Operating Systems
Windows 2003-2008-2008 R2
Version Manual
FC and FCoE (driver version 2.30.016)
Size Manual
5.4Mb
File Name
onecommand.pdf
Information
This driver supports FCoE, iSCSI and Ethernet adapters as well as FC adapters.
Qualification:
Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport MiniPort driver is used with an FCoE CNA, the driver is considered "unclassified" by Microsoft. In both cases, the Storport Miniport drivers are digitally signed by Microsoft and will be recognized by Windows Sever 2003, Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2.
Note
On FC and FCoE adapters, for Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
Tested Architectures:
x86
x64
IA64 (FC only)
Manual for OneCommand Manager Application Version 5.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Supported Features by Operating System......................................................... 2
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing and Uninstalling OneCommand Manager
Application Components.......................................................................................... 4
Installing the OneCommand Manager Application............................................. 4
In Windows ................................................................................................. 4
In Solaris SFS ............................................................................................. 4
In Linux ....................................................................................................... 5
In VMware ESX Server ............................................................................... 6
Installing the OneCommand Manager Application Web Launch Interface ... 6
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 6
Procedures.................................................................................................. 7
Installing the OneCommand Manager Application Command Line Interface ..... 8
In Windows ................................................................................................. 9
In a New VMware ESX Server .................................................................... 9
Prerequisites....................................................................................... 10
Procedures ......................................................................................... 10
In a VMware ESX Server with an Existing HBAnyware CLI Kit Installed ... 10
Uninstalling Older HBAnyware Kits on VMware .................................. 10
In a New Linux System ............................................................................. 11
Prerequisites....................................................................................... 11
Procedures ......................................................................................... 11
In a Linux System with an Existing HBAnyware CLI Kit InstalledI ............. 12
Uninstalling Older HBAnyware Kits on Linux....................................... 12
In Solaris SFS ........................................................................................... 13
Prerequisites....................................................................................... 13
Procedures ......................................................................................... 13
Upgrading from the OneCommand Manager Application CLI to the Full-Featured
OneCommand Manager Application Enterprise Kit ......................................... 14
In Windows ............................................................................................... 14
In Linux ..................................................................................................... 14
In Solaris SFS ........................................................................................... 14
In VMware ESX Server ............................................................................. 14
Uninstalling the OneCommand Manager Application .................................. 14
In Windows .............................................................................................. 15
In Solaris SFS ........................................................................................... 15
In Linux ..................................................................................................... 15
In VMware................................................................................................. 15
Uninstalling the OneCommand Manager Application Web Launch
Interface Only .................................................................................................. 15
Starting the OneCommand Manager Application ................................................... 17
Starting the OneCommand Manager Application Web Launch Interface ......... 17
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Windows 2003-2008-2008 R2
Version Driver
2.20.006
Size Driver
37.1Mb
File Name
storportminiportkit_2.20.006-1h.exe
Information
Qualification:
Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport MiniPort driver is used with an FCoE CNA, the driver is considered "unclassified" by Microsoft. In both cases, the Storport Miniport drivers are digitally signed by Microsoft and will be recognized by Windows Sever 2003, Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2. Note
For Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
Tested Architectures:
x86
x64
IA64
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 4.1a36 (37.1 MB exe file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Driver Release Notes
Operating Systems
Windows 2003-2008-2008 R2
Version Driver
2.20.006
Size Driver
48Kb
File Name
driver_release_notes_c.pdf
Information
Qualification:
Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport MiniPort driver is used with an FCoE CNA, the driver is considered "unclassified" by Microsoft. In both cases, the Storport Miniport drivers are digitally signed by Microsoft and will be recognized by Windows Sever 2003, Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2. Note
For Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
Tested Architectures:
x86
x64
IA64
New features, fixed issues and known issues in the driver

New Features in Version 2.20.006
1. Added ExtTransferSize parameter. This parameter improves performance on tape devices supporting a larger block size.
2. Added support for Windows Server 2008 R2. This version of the driver kit adds support for Windows Server 2008 R2.
Resolved Issues in Version 2.20.006
1. There was the potential for the driver and the HBA to not synchronize properly, after the HBA was in warm start mode. Polling was modified in the HBAnyware utility.
2. The internal and external loopback diagnostic tests were not available for LP21000 and LP21002 adapters.
Known Issues in Version 2.20.006
1. Do not perform software-first installations on Windows Server 2008 or Vista systems. The procedure documented in the driver user manual might not have the expected effect. No error will be reported, but Windows might continue using the version of the driver distributed with the operating system rather than the new driver when an adapter is installed. The problem occurs because Microsoft-distributed drivers are versioned differently than Emulex- distributed drivers.
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.
2. To revert to an older driver after a newer driver has been installed, you must uninstall all Emulex software and drivers before installing the older driver kit. Failure to do so could leave your system in an unsupported state. See the driver user manual for all the procedures you must follow.
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.
3. Due to an issue with HBAnyware version 4.1, the default global driver parameters for converged network adapters (CNAs) cannot be changed.
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.
4. 0x6F Error Code is a malfunction error.
This error code is erroneously included in the user manual as both a severe and a malfunction error. 0x6F is a malfunction error and specifies a state change registration (SCR) failure.
5. 0x47 Error Code
If this error occurs during handling a fabric login (FLOGI) response, it is a severe error and specifies a mailbox context allocation failure. Contact Emulex Technical Support if you encounter this severe error.
If this error occurs during handling an FDISC response, it is as a malfunction error and indicates that the driver failed mailbox context allocation in issuing REG_VPI.
6 EnableAck0 and ScanDown Parameters
The default value for both of these parameters is 1. The defaults for EnableAck0 and ScanDown are erroneously documented as 0 in the user manual.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
HBAnyware Release Notes
Operating Systems
Windows 2003-2008-2008 R2
Version Driver
2.20.006
Size Driver
44Kb
File Name
windows_release_notes.pdf
Information
Qualification:
Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport MiniPort driver is used with an FCoE CNA, the driver is considered "unclassified" by Microsoft. In both cases, the Storport Miniport drivers are digitally signed by Microsoft and will be recognized by Windows Sever 2003, Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2. Note
For Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
Tested Architectures:
x86
x64
IA64
New features, fixed issues and known issues in the HBAnyware utility

Release Notes
Date: September 2009
Product: HBAnyware® Utility and the Windows Drivers
Version: 4.1
This document describes the known issues associated with this utility build release. For the latest product
documentation, go to www.emulex.com. If you have any questions or require additional information, contact an
authorized Emulex Corporation technical representative.
New Features in HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1
1. Designed for adapter FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP), subject to subsequent industry testing.
2. Supports CIM interface (operational name, target node WWN and flash contents program ID) for
VMware ESX 4i and VMware ESX 4.0 COS.
3. Virtual port and virtual machine mapping information is displayed.
New Resolved Issues in HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1
1. New - HBAnyware GUI is now available on the IA64 architecture.
It is no longer required to use the HbaCmd command line utility on an IA64 system.
2. All virtual port information did not appear if you manually resized the window.
3. Target information for a virtual port erroneously showed a LUN Masking tab.
4. Using HbaCmd, the change World Wide Name function did not check for physical targets for all inband
ports.
5. Using HbaCmd, the help message for the setauthconfig function erroneously stated that accepted values
were between 0 and 5. The accepted values are between 1 and 5.
6. Using HTTPS, a port number was not used for some functions if the restricthttptoloopback parameter
was set to false.
7. The internal and external loopback diagnostic tests were not available for LP21000 and LP21002
adapters.
Known Issues in HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1
1. The HBAnyware utility GUI application only launches from IBM Director version 5.1.
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.
2. On LPe1105 adapters, diagnostic beaconing is available only if the adapter does not have VPD.
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.
3. On LPe12000 adapters, volatile WWN changes may not be supported.
Workaround: Update firmware; see the Emulex Web site for more information.
Caution: Verify the version of OEM firmware to use based on OEM qualifications and support.
4. On LP21000 and LP21002 adapters, FIP mode may need to be disabled to bring a link up.
If you have upgraded to the new CEE firmware that supports FIP and connect the port to a switch with
firmware that does not support FIP, the port’s link will be down. If you plug a loopback plug into an
adapter port with FIP disabled, the link will be down.
Workaround: Disable FIP mode on the adapter port.
5. On Windows Vista platforms, the Add Range of Hosts feature in the HBAnyware utility is not
available.
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.
6. If the HBAnyware CIM Client is used to access a VMware ESX server, up to 127 LUNs can be
displayed in the discovery-tree (numbered 0 to 126).
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.
7. Not all adapters may appear in the discovery-tree.
Although the HBAnyware utility provides support for LightPulse adapters that are reprogrammed with
WWPNs outside the typical Emulex range (such as HP’s Virtual Connect for Fibre Channel on the
BladeSystem c-Class platform) not all adapters appear in the discovery-tree.
Workaround: The HBAnyware utility must be deployed across all servers on the SAN, as well as any
other management console used for out-of-band management, so that all adapters appear in the
discovery-tree.
8. Multiport adapter models are represented in the HBAnyware utility discovery-tree as
multiple adapters with a single port icon.
For older mulitport HBA models, the HBAnyware utility displays each port under individual adapter icons
in the discovery-tree. Newer multiport HBA models (LP9802 or later) are represented by a single adapter
icon that branches out to multiple port icons.
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Quick Installation Manual
Operating Systems
Windows 2003-2008-2008 R2
Version Manual
2.20.006
Size Manual
256Kb
File Name
quick_installation.pdf
Information
Qualification:
Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport MiniPort driver is used with an FCoE CNA, the driver is considered "unclassified" by Microsoft. In both cases, the Storport Miniport drivers are digitally signed by Microsoft and will be recognized by Windows Sever 2003, Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2. Note
For Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
Tested Architectures:
x86
x64
IA64
AutoPilot Installer for Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2008

Introduction
AutoPilot Installer® for Emulex® drivers provides installation options that range from a simple installation
with a few mouse clicks to custom unattended installations using predefined script files.
AutoPilot Installer is included with Emulex drivers and utilities in Windows executable files that can be
downloaded from the Emulex Web site. Run the distribution executable file to extract all of the software
needed for an installation, then complete the installation using AutoPilot Installer.
AutoPilot Installer allows you to install a driver using any of the following methods:
Hardware-first installation. The host bus adapter (HBA) is installed before the downloaded Emulex
drivers and utilities are installed. See page 3 for this procedure.
Software-first installation. This new installation method allows drivers and utilities to be downloaded
from the Emulex Web site and installed using AutoPilot Installer prior to the installation of any HBAs. The
drivers and utilities are automatically used when HBAs are installed at a later time. See page 4 for this
procedure.
Unattended installation. This new installation method allows you to set up AutoPilot Installer to run
unattended using customized scripts. Unattended installation can be used for both hardware-first and
software-first installations. See the complete Installation section of the driver user manual for more
information.
Note: Complete driver and utilities documentation may be downloaded from the Emulex Web site
(www.emulex.com). Click Support at the top of the Web page and navigate by clicking the appropriate
links.
Updating the Driver Using AutoPilot Installer
If you are currently running an older driver version, use the hardware-first installation procedure to
update your driver. Begin at step 2 to update the driver.
You can also update the Emulex drivers following the manual installation method. See the complete
Installation section of the driver user manual for this procedure.
Distribution Executable File Overview
The distribution executable file is a self-extracting file that includes the following:
• AutoPilot Installer - installs driver and utilities.
• Driver - manages communication and data transfer between applications and I/O devices, using
HBAs as agents.
• HBAnyware utility - performs installation and configuration tasks on remote and local adapters.
Distribution Executable File Procedure
To run the distribution executable file:
1. Download the distribution executable file from the Emulex Web site to your system.
2. Double-click the distribution executable file. A window is displayed with driver version
information and Emulex contact information
3. Click Next to access the Location window or click Cancel to close the window.
4. The default installation location is displayed. Browse to a different location, if desired. Click
Install to continue the installation.
5. The Progress window is displayed. As each task is completed, the corresponding checkbox is
automatically selected.
6. After all tasks are completed, a confirmation window is displayed. The Start AutoPilot Installer
checkbox is automatically selected. To start AutoPilot Installer later, clear this checkbox.
7. Click Finish to close the distribution executable file.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Storport Miniport Driver User Manual
Operating Systems
Windows 2003-2008-2008 R2
Version Manual
2.20.006
Size Manual
1.2Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Qualification:
Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport MiniPort driver is used with an FCoE CNA, the driver is considered "unclassified" by Microsoft. In both cases, the Storport Miniport drivers are digitally signed by Microsoft and will be recognized by Windows Sever 2003, Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2. Note
For Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
Tested Architectures:
x86
x64
IA64
Storport Miniport Driver Version 2.20 for Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2008

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
HBAnyware User Manual
Operating Systems
Windows 2003-2008-2008 R2
Version Manual
2.20.006
Size Manual
4.6Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
Qualification:
Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport MiniPort driver is used with an FCoE CNA, the driver is considered "unclassified" by Microsoft. In both cases, the Storport Miniport drivers are digitally signed by Microsoft and will be recognized by Windows Sever 2003, Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2. Note
For Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
Tested Architectures:
x86
x64
IA64
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
WinPE Offline Utilities Kit
Operating Systems
WinPE
Version Utilities
5.00.17.06
Size Utilities
2.5Mb
File Name
elxwinlpcfg-x86-5.00.17.06-1.exe
Information
The offline utilities are Emulex programs that allow you to configure Emulex adapters before you install or boot a server operating system.
Note
This version of the WinPE offline utility does not support the IA64 architecture. For IA64 support (FC adapters only), use a previous release of the utility.
(2.53 MB zip file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Application Release Notes
Operating Systems
WinPE
Version Driver
5.00.17.06
Size Driver
63Kb
File Name
winlpcfg_release_notes.pdf
Information
The offline utilities are Emulex programs that allow you to configure Emulex adapters before you install or boot a server operating system.
Note
This version of the WinPE offline utility does not support the IA64 architecture. For IA64 support (FC adapters only), use a previous release of the utility.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
WinPE
Version Manual
5.00.17.06
Size Manual
1Mb
File Name
offline_utilities_manual.pdf
Information
The offline utilities are Emulex programs that allow you to configure Emulex adapters before you install or boot a server operating system.
Note
This version of the WinPE offline utility does not support the IA64 architecture. For IA64 support (FC adapters only), use a previous release of the utility.
(1.01 MB pdf file)

The Offline Utilities..................................................................................................1
Introduction.......................................................................................................1
Installation.........................................................................................................2
The WinPE Offline Utility.............................................................................2
The DOS Offline Utility................................................................................2
The Linux Offline Utility...............................................................................3
Known Issues....................................................................................................3
Using the Offline Utilities...................................................................................3
The DOS Offline Utility................................................................................4
Running the Offline Utilities from the Command Prompt.............................4
Offline Utility Commands...................................................................................5
Supported Commands................................................................................5
....................................................................................................................
8
Viewing the Syntax for Commands - help or ?............................................8
Resetting an Adapter - reset.......................................................................8
Running the Power-On Self-Test - posttest.................................................9
Viewing Adapter Information.............................................................................9
Viewing Emulex conventional names instead of Vital Product Data (VPD) - /c...............................................................................................................9
Viewing the Offline Utilities’ Version Information - version...........................9
Viewing Vital Product Data - vpd...............................................................10
Viewing Boot Device Info, WWN, LUN and Topology - readbootdevice.....10
Viewing BootBIOS Versions - listboot........................................................11
Viewing all Adapters in the System - listhba..............................................11
Viewing WWN of all adapters in the System - listwwn...............................12
Sample response: ....................................................................................12
Viewing Firmware Program Revisions - listrev..........................................12
Viewing Selected Configuration Numbers - readconfig.............................13
Firmware and Boot Code Download Commands.............................................13
Downloading a File - download.................................................................13
Accessing the Flash Device Directly - directdownload..............................14
World Wide Name Commands........................................................................15
Writing WWN and Updating NVPARMS - writewwn...................................15
Saving WWN data to a file - savewwn.......................................................16
Restoring WWN and Updating NVPARMS - restorewwn...........................16
Restoring NVPARMS - restorenvwwn.......................................................16
Restoring the IEEE address - restoredefwwn............................................16
Boot Code Commands....................................................................................17
Enabling or Disabling BootBIOS or boot code - enableboot/disableboot...17
Selecting a Boot Device - setbootdevice...................................................17
Read All Alternative Boot Devices - readaltboot........................................18
Selecting One or More Alternate Boot Devices - setaltboot.......................19
Configuration Commands................................................................................19
Setting the Adapter to Use Soft Jumpers or Hardware Default - jumper...19
Updating Configuration Regions - config...................................................19
Running Tests..................................................................................................20
Running the External Loopback Test - extloopback...................................20
Running the Internal Loopback Test - intloopback.....................................21
Running the PCI Loopback Test - pciloopback..........................................21
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
WinPE Offline Utilities Kit
Operating Systems
WinPE
Version Utilities
1.0a15
Size Utilities
638Kb
File Name
winlpcfg_1.0a15.zip
Information
The offline utilities are Emulex programs that allow you to configure Emulex adapters before you install or boot a server operating system.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
WinPE
Version Manual
1.0a15
Size Manual
491Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
The offline utilities are Emulex programs that allow you to configure Emulex adapters before you install or boot a server operating system.

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
WinPE Offline Utilities Kit
Operating Systems
WinPE
Version Utilities
1.0a7
Size Utilities
224Kb
File Name
winlpcfg_10a7.zip
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LPe11004
Description
Manual - Offline Utilities Manual
Operating Systems
WinPE
Version Manual
1.0a7
Size Manual
491Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
HelpDrivers Since March 2000